diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-22 00:25:05 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-22 00:25:05 -0800 |
| commit | f5d0d60c54d1febee6ce83ef128791570b356b19 (patch) | |
| tree | 959f3dac57038497a63ecf9beda94eae91f1087f | |
| parent | 034386cdc0ebc72a4885c7b013542373d4800494 (diff) | |
62 files changed, 17 insertions, 8778 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6edc6d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #67852 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/67852) diff --git a/old/67852-0.txt b/old/67852-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fd9e978..0000000 --- a/old/67852-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3363 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook of Model Aeroplanes and Their Engines, by -George Cavanagh - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you -will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before -using this eBook. - -Title: Model Aeroplanes and Their Engines - A Practical Book for Beginners - -Author: George Cavanagh - -Release Date: April 16, 2022 [eBook #67852] - -Language: English - -Produced by: Brian Coe, Quentin Campbell and the Online Distributed - Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was - produced from images generously made available by the - Library of Congress) - -*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MODEL AEROPLANES AND THEIR -ENGINES *** - - - Transcriber’s Note - -In the following transcription italic text is denoted by _underscores_. -Small capitals in the original publication have been transcribed as ALL -CAPITALS. - -See end of this document for details of corrections and other changes. - - ————————————— Start of Book ————————————— - - - [Illustration: Waid Carl’s model in flight. - - Courtesy Edward P. Warner, Concord Model Club] - - - - - MODEL AEROPLANES - AND THEIR ENGINES - - - _A Practical Book for Beginners_ - - - BY - GEORGE A. CAVANAGH - MODEL EDITOR “AERIAL AGE” - - - DRAWINGS BY - HARRY G. SCHULTZ - PRESIDENT THE AERO-SCIENCE CLUB OF AMERICA - - - WITH AN INTRODUCTION BY - HENRY WOODHOUSE - Managing Editor “Flying” - Governor of the Aero Club of America - - - NEW YORK - MOFFAT, YARD & COMPANY - 1917 - - - - - COPYRIGHT, 1916, BY - MOFFAT, YARD AND COMPANY - NEW YORK - ———— - _All rights reserved_ - - Reprinted August, 1917 - - - - - TO - M. T. H. - - - - - INTRODUCTION - - -History tells us—what some of us luckier ones heard the Wright Brothers -themselves tell—that the Wrights’ active work in aëronautics was a -result of the interest aroused by a toy helicopter presented to them by -the Reverend Bishop Milton Wright, their father. - -Tremendous developments have taken place in aëronautics and aircraft -are fast developing in size, speed, and range of action. They have -revolutionized warfare, and seem to be destined to become a most -important factor in the reconstruction that will follow the war. - -The greater the development the truer the fact that model aëroplanes -may be instrumental in bringing to aëronautics men who may make -valuable contributions to aëronautics. As a matter of fact, there are -already in active life, contributing their share to the development of -aëronautics, young men who only a few years ago competed for prizes -which the writer offered for model competition. - -The young men who are now flying models will live in the new age—and -they have much to give and much to receive from it. - -Through the tremendous strides forward of aëronautics there are -wonderful possibilities for the employment of ingenuity, genius -and skill, and business opportunities, as great as have ever been -created by progress in important lines of human endeavor. Problems -of engineering as huge as were solved by master builders; juridical -and legal questions to be decided as stupendously difficult as any -Gladstone would wish them; possibilities for the development of -international relations greater than were ever conceived; problems -of transportation to be solved by the application of aircraft, -as wonderful as any economist could wish; opportunities to gain -distinction splendid enough to satisfy the most ambitious person. - - HENRY WOODHOUSE. - - New York, June 5th, 1916. - - - - - LIST OF CONTENTS - - - PAGE - INTRODUCTION ix - - HISTORY OF MODEL AVIATION 1 - - CONSTRUCTION 8 - Propellers—Wings—Frame—Assembling—Launching— - Chassis—Pontoons—Launching an R. O. G. or Model - Hydroaëroplane. - - WORLD RECORD MODELS 52 - Lauder Distance and Duration Model—Hittle Tractor - Hydro—La Tour Flying Boat—Cook No. 42 Model—Rudy Funk - Duration Model—Alson H. Wheeler Twin Pusher Biplane. - - A MODEL WARPLANE 83 - - A SIMPLE COMPRESSED AIR ENGINE 85–93 - - COMPRESSED AIR DRIVEN MODELS 94–102 - The Dart Compressed Air Driven Model—The McMahon - Compressed Air Driven Monoplane—The McMahon - Compressed Air Driven Biplane. - - COMPRESSED AIR ENGINES 103–109 - Wise Compressed Air Engine—Schober-Funk Three Cylinder - Engine—The Schober Four Cylinder Opposed Engine. - - GASOLINE ENGINES 110–117 - Jopson—Midget Aëro Gasoline Engine. - - STEAM POWER PLANTS 118–122 - H. H. Groves Steam Power Plants—G. Harris’s Steam - Engine—Professor Langley’s Steam Engine—French - Experiments with Steam Power Plants. - - CARBONIC GAS ENGINE 123–124 - - THE FORMATION OF MODEL CLUBS 125–138 - - WORLD’S MODEL FLYING RECORDS 139–141 - - DICTIONARY OF AËRONAUTICAL TERMS 142–152 - - - - - LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - - - PAGE - Model Aëroplane in Flight _Frontispiece_ - - First Model Aëroplane Exhibition Opp. 4 - - Propellers (Diagram 1) 9 - - How to cut propellers (Diagram 2) 11 - - Designs for propellers (Diagram 3) 14 - - Designs for propellers (Diagram 4) 17 - - Wing construction (Diagram 5) 20 - - Members of the Aëro Science Club Opp. 22 - - Members of the Milwaukee and Illinois Model Aëro - Clubs Opp. 22 - - Frame construction (Diagram 6) 25 - - Model Assembly (Diagram 7) 30 - - C. W. Meyer and Wm. Hodgins exhibiting early type - models Opp. 32 - - Henry Criscouli with five foot model Opp. 32 - - Schultz hydroaëroplane Opp. 32 - - Rubber winder (Diagram 8) 35 - - Chassis construction (Diagram 9) 38 - - Pontoon construction (Diagram 10) 43 - - Obst flying boat Opp. 44 - - McLaughlin twin tractor hydroaëroplane Opp. 44 - - Louis Bamberger hydro about to leave water Opp. 44 - - E. B. Eiring and Kennith Sedgwick Milwaukee Club How - to launch R. O. G. model Opp. 48 - - Waid Carl, Concord Model Club Launching R. O. G. - model Opp. 48 - - Wallace A Lauder model (Diagram 11) 54 - - Lauder distance and duration model Opp. 56 - - Lauder R. O. G. model Opp. 56 - - Lindsay Hittle world record hydroaëroplane (Diagram 12) - 61 - - La Tour Flying Boat (Diagram 13) 66 - - Ellis Cook R. O. G. model (Diagram 14) 73 - - Funk duration model (Diagram 15) 78 - - Rudy Funk speed model Opp. 80 - - McMahon and Schober compressed air driven models Opp. 80 - - Alson H. Wheeler twin pusher biplane Opp. 82 - - C. V. Obst tractor Opp. 82 - - Model Warplane 84 - - Simple compressed air engine (Diagram 16) 87 - - Schober compressed air driven monoplane Opp. 90 - - Schober compressed air driven biplane Opp. 90 - - Dart compressed air driven model 95 - - John McMahon and compressed air driven monoplane Opp. 98 - - Frank Schober preparing model for flight Opp. 98 - - John McMahon pusher biplane (Diagram 17) 102 - - Wise compressed air engine Opp. 104 - - Schober-Funk three-cylinder rotary engine Opp. 105 - - Schober four cylinder engine (Diagram 18) 107 - - Jopson gasoline engine Opp. 110 - - Sectional view of Jopson engine (Diagram 19) 112 - - Power curve of Jopson engine (Diagram 20) 115 - - Midget gasoline engine Opp. 116 - - English steam power plant Opp. 120 - - V. E. Johnson steam driven hydroaëroplane Opp. 120 - - English compressed air driven biplane Opp. 122 - - Tractor hydroaëroplane fitted with steam power plant Opp. 122 - - English compressed air engine fitted with simple - speedometer Opp. 122 - - The Rompel six-cylinder carbonic gas engine Opp. 124 - - - - - MODEL AËROPLANES - - HISTORY OF MODEL AVIATION - - -Model aëroplaning, as a sport, was first introduced in America during -the year of 1907. It was then that the first model aëroplane club in -America was formed by Miss E. L. Todd, with the assistance of Mr. -Edward Durant, now Director of the Aëro Science Club of America. -Prior to this the model aëroplane was considered an instrument of -experimentation or, when built to resemble a full sized machine, -was used for exhibition purposes. Noted scientists, men such as -Maxim, Langley, Eiffel and others, depended largely on models to -bring about the desired results during their experiments. Before the -Wright Brothers brought forth and launched the first heavier than air -machine their experiments, to a great extent, were confined to model -aëroplanes. There is little doubt but that a large majority of aviators -engaged in flying machines in different parts of the world were at one -time in their career interested in the construction and flying of model -aircraft, and from which no doubt they obtained their initial knowledge -of the aëroplane, in so far as the same principles and laws apply to -any aëroplane, regardless of its size. - -The first model aëroplane club went under the name of the New York -Model Aëro Club and during its existence a great many of its contests -were carried on in armories. The reason for this was because of the -fact that the greater number of the models prevalent at that time -were built along the lines of full sized machines, and their manner -of construction was such as to interfere with the flying efficiency -of the model. Streamline construction was something unknown to model -constructors in those days and, in consequence, crudely constructed -and heavy models were very often evidenced, and, as a result, flights -of over one hundred feet were very seldom made. At about the same time -model enthusiasts in both England and France were actively engaged -in constructing and flying models, but the type of model used was of -a different design from those flown by the American modelists and -as a result of this innovation many of the early records were held -abroad. The type of model flown by the English modelists resembled in -appearance the letter “A”, hence the term “A” type. - -It was not long after the introduction of this type of model in America -that model aëroplaning as a sport began to assume an aspect of great -interest. Models were constructed along simpler lines and with a -greater tendency toward doing away with all unnecessary parts, thus -increasing the flying qualities of the models. Flights of greater -distance and duration were the objects sought and, in their efforts to -achieve them new records were made at most every contest, until flights -of from 500 to 1000 feet were common occurrences. By the use of the A -type model and the single stick model which made its appearance shortly -after the A type model, American modelists succeeded in breaking most -of the world records for this type of model which is now termed by -English modelists “flying sticks.” - -[Illustration: First model aëroplane exhibition held at Boston, 1910] - -One by one model aëroplane clubs were formed in different parts of the -country until to-day there are in existence about twenty-five clubs -and all with memberships of from two to eight times that of the first -model aëro club. The work which was started by the New York Model Aëro -Club is now being carried on by the Aëro Science Club of America and -its affiliated clubs. The interest in model flying grew to such an -extent that during the year of 1915 the Aëro Club of America decided -to hold the First National Model Aëroplane Competition for the purpose -of offering to the young men of America an opportunity of becoming -acquainted with this new sport and its advantages. The results of -this competition were beyond expectation. Models were made capable -of flying distances and with durations that, to the early flyers, -seemed impossible. In the hand launched contests models were flown for -distances ranging from 2000 to 2500 feet, the winning flight being -3537 feet, and it might also be said that the contestant who flew this -model, with a model of the same design established a duration record -of 195 seconds. As this goes to press, information is received that -the World’s Record for distance for hand launched models has been -broken by Thomas Hall, of Chicago, Ill., an Illinois Model Aëro Club -member, with a flight of 5337 feet. Another interesting result of the -competition was the establishing of a world hydroaëroplane record by -a member of the Illinois Model Aëro Club with a model of the tractor -type, a four-bladed propeller being used in connection with the model. -The flying boat which is a late advent to the field of model flying -also proved a record breaker in this competition, having remained in -the air after rising from the surface of the water, for a duration of -43 seconds. This model was flown by a member of the Pacific Northwest -Model Aëro Club of Seattle, Washington. The establishing of these -records clearly indicates the advantage of scientific designing and -construction and careful handling. - -So satisfactory have been the results of the First National Model -Aëroplane Competition that the Aëro Club of America has made -arrangements for holding the Second National Model Aëroplane -Competition during the year 1916. But in the announcement of the Second -National Competition the Aëro Club of America has made provision for -the holding of contests for mechanically driven models, in view of -the interest which is being shown by model flyers in the construction -of models more closely resembling large machines to be driven by -compressed air, steam and gasoline power plants. This is the outcome -of a desire on the part of model constructors to substitute for what -is now commonly known as the “flying stick,” models more closely -resembling large machines, which models can be more satisfactorily -flown by the use of compressed air, steam or gasoline power plants. As -in the early days, the best flights made by models using compressed air -and steam have been made by English flyers, the duration of the flights -ranging anywhere from 25 to 50 seconds. - -Whether or not the American flyers will repeat history and achieve -greater results with this type of model motive power is something that -can only be determined in the future. But in any event the scientific -mechanically driven model will, without doubt, assume an important -position in the field of model aviation. - - - - - CONSTRUCTION - - - PROPELLERS - -Propellers may be cut from various kinds of wood, but the most -suitable, from every standpoint, is white pine. The advantage of using -this wood lies in the fact that the propellers may be cut more rapidly -and when cut are lighter than those made from most other kinds of wood. -When coated with the proper kind of varnish they are sufficiently -strong for ordinary flying. Wood selected for propellers should be free -from knots, holes and other imperfections and it is very desirable that -it should be of perfectly straight grain. - -A piece of such clear white pine 8″ long, 1″ wide and ³⁄₄″ thick should -be selected and on one side marked TOP. A tracing of the propeller -similar in design to Figure 1, should be laid on this piece of wood and -an imprint of the propeller design drawn on the TOP side. - -[Illustration: Diagram 1] - -To find the center of the block two lines should be drawn from the -opposite corners, their point of meeting being approximately in the -center—near enough for all practical purposes to insure greater -accuracy. Similar lines should be drawn from the corners on the BOTTOM -side of the block of wood. A hole ³⁄₃₂ of an inch in diameter should -be bored through the center thus obtained, through which the propeller -shaft will be inserted when the propeller is finished. The two sections -of the propeller blades drawn in diagrammatical form on the TOP of the -block, should be marked respectively BLADE 1 and BLADE 2, as shown in -diagram 1. The block is then ready for the commencement of the actual -cutting. In cutting out the propeller, BLADE 1 should be held in the -left hand and the knife in the other, with the blade of the knife on -the straight edge of BLADE 1. The cutting should be carried out very -carefully with attention constantly paid to Fig. 2, and should be -stopped when the line shown in Fig. 2 has been reached. The semi-blade -should then be sandpapered until a small curve is obtained by which the -propeller will be enabled to grip the air. - -[Illustration: Diagram 2] - -To cut BLADE 2, BLADE 1 should be held in the left hand and BLADE 2 cut -until the line shown in Fig. 3 is reached, after which the sandpapering -process is carried out in the same manner as in the case of BLADE 1. -During all of the foregoing operations it must be clearly borne in -mind that the TOP of the blank propeller must always face upward, -and the cutting should always be done on the STRAIGHT lines. Should -the straight edge be cut on one edge of the blank propeller and the -curved edge on the other, it would result in the blades of the finished -propeller having a tendency to push in opposite directions and in -consequence no propulsion of the model would be possible. - -Attention should next be turned to the back of the propeller blank on -which the manner of cutting is exactly like that suggested for the top -side, with the exception that instead of cutting along the STRAIGHT -lines, the cutting is done along the CURVED lines. In this part of -the work great care is to be exercised for by the time the necessary -cutting has been done on the back of the propeller the entire structure -is very fragile and one excessive stroke of the knife may result in -destroying the entire propeller blade. By constantly holding the wood -to the light it is possible to determine with a reasonable degree of -accuracy the evenness of thickness. To complete the BOTTOM side of the -propeller the blade should be sandpapered as was the top. - -The method of cutting the second propeller is exactly that used in -cutting the first propeller, only that the diagram shown in Fig. 4 -should be used. This will result in two propellers being made that will -revolve in opposite directions in order to produce even and balanced -propulsion. If both propellers revolved in the same direction the -effect would be to overturn the model. - -[Illustration: Diagram 3] - -In diagram 1 the propellers are shown with the straight edge as the -entering or cutting edge of the blade. Some of the model builders -prefer the curved edge as the cutting edge (diagram 2). It is -significant that Mr. Frank Schober, a well known model constructor, -tested both designs on his compressed air driven model, and while -both propellers were the same in weight, diameter and pitch, the one -having the straight edge as the cutting edge was found one-third more -efficient. - -When the propellers have been given a light coat of shellac they should -be laid aside until the assembling of the complete model. - -By following the foregoing instructions a simple and effective set of -propellers will be produced. But in order to vary the experimental -practice of the constructor various other diagrams, Nos. 3 and 4, -illustrating suitable designs, are provided and can be made by applying -the above general theory and using the diagrams herewith. - - - WINGS - -One of the most important considerations in the construction of a model -is the making of the wings. To obtain the greatest efficiency the -wings must be carefully designed, with due attention to whether the -model is being constructed for speed, duration or climbing ability. -Attention should be given to streamline construction; that is, the -parts of the wing should be so assembled that the completed wing would -offer the least possible resistance to the air, if the best results are -to be obtained. - -For the main wing three strips of spruce, each 30″ in length, two of -them being ³⁄₁₆″ × ¹⁄₄″ and the third ³⁄₁₆″ × ¹⁄₁₆″ are required. To -make them thoroughly streamline all edges should be carefully rounded -off and all surfaces should be smooth. A strip of bamboo at least 20″ -long, ¹⁄₂″ wide, ¹⁄₈″ thick, should be cut into pieces, each piece to -be 5 in. long. To secure the necessary curve, ¹⁄₂″ depth, the pieces -of bamboo should be held in steam and slowly bent in a manner closely -resembling the skids of an ordinary bobsled. When the curvature has -been obtained, care should be exercised in cutting each piece into four -longitudinal strips, from which twelve should be selected to be used as -ribs, each to be ¹⁄₈″ wide. The bending of the bamboo preliminary to -making the ribs is done in order to secure uniformity of curvature. - -[Illustration: Diagram 4] - -When this has been done the ribs are ready for fastening to the -sticks—entering and trailing edges—and each must be attached an equal -distance apart. In order that the ribs may be evenly spaced it is -necessary to put a mark every 3″ on the larger stick or entering edge -of the wing, and also on the flat stick or trailing edge. The main beam -which is of the same dimensions as the entering edge is afterwards -fastened across the center of the wing, and does not necessarily need -to be thus marked, as it is fastened to the ribs after the ribs have -been attached to the entering and trailing edges of the wing frame. -By holding the ribs one at a time so that the curved edge rests upon -the entering edge where the mark indicates, as shown in diagram 5, -they should be fastened thereon by means of thread and glue. The rear -end of the rib must be fastened to the trailing edge where the mark -indicates, also by thread and glue. - -After all ribs have been thus securely fastened to both edges of the -frame the third stick, or main beam, should be attached to the frame -on the underside, the fastening being made at the highest point of -the curve of each rib. This main beam prevents the wing covering from -drawing in the end ribs and adds very materially to the strength of -the entire wing structure. To cover the wings fiber paper may be used -and is a suitable material, but the best results, from a standpoint of -flying efficiency and long service, are obtained by the use of China -silk. - -The frame of the forward wing or elevator is made in the same manner -as is the main wing, but it is only 12″ in span by 4″ in chord, and is -constructed without the use of a main beam. This wing has only five -ribs which are made in the same manner as those for the rear wing, and -each is placed a distance of 3″ apart. - -[Illustration: Diagram 5] - -A piece of silk measuring 2″ longer and 2″ wider than each of the wing -frames should be used in covering the wings, and this can be held in -position by the use of pins prior to the actual sewing. The extra inch -of silk on all sides of the frame is placed around the under side of -the frame—in order that it can be made thoroughly taut when the silk -has been sewn close to the edges of the frame. After the silk has been -sewn close to the edges the pins may be removed and the surplus silk -that hangs from the under side of the frame may be cut off. To make -this silk airproof it should be coated with a thin coat of shellac or -varnish and the wings should be thoroughly dry before being used. This -coating, in addition to airproofing, will assist in making the covering -perfectly taut, and also in making the wing ready for service when the -entire model is ready to be assembled. - - - FRAME - -As all other parts of the model are attached to the frame in addition -to its having to stand the strain of the tightly wound rubber strands -which serve as the motive power for the model, it must be made strong. -It is therefore necessary to exercise care and judgment in making -certain that the different units that make up the frame are rightly -proportioned and are of the proper material. Just as in the large sized -aëroplanes there are many types of bodies, so there are many different -types of frames in use in model construction, but the standard, and for -all practical purposes the best frame, resembles the letter A in shape, -hence the name A type. The lightness of the frame depends entirely on -the materials used and the manner in which it is constructed. - -Some model flyers use but a single stick for the frame, but generally -the A type frame is preferred for the reason that it is more durable, -the wings can be more securely attached to it, and that it is possible -of developing very much better results. - -[Illustration: Members of the Aëro Science Club] - -[Illustration: Members of the Milwaukee and Illinois Model Aëro Clubs] - -To construct such an A type frame 2 main sticks to serve as frame side -members are necessary and are made from spruce. Each member should be -36″ in length, ³⁄₈″ in depth by ¹⁄₄″ in width. By rounding the edges -and smoothing the various surfaces with sandpaper streamline effect -will be secured and will add to the efficiency of the machine as well -as to its appearance. When the side members are placed in A formation -the extremity of the sticks at which they meet should be so tapered -in the inner sides that when they meet and are permanently fastened -the result will be a continuance of the general streamline effect. The -permanent fastening of the frame side members at the point of the A -may be accomplished by using either strong fish glue or better, a good -waterproof glue and then have the jointure reinforced by securing a -piece of ³⁄₃₂″ steel wire 3″ in length and placing the center of it -at the point of the A, afterwards bending the wire along either outer -edge of the frame side members, putting as much pressure on the wire as -the strength of the structure will permit; after this the reinforced -jointure should have thread wound around it to insure even greater -strength. About ¹⁄₂″ of the wire on each side of the point should be -left clear and afterwards turned into a loop as shown in diagram 6, for -the purpose of attaching the hooks that hold the rubber strands. To -hold the side members apart at the rear end and for a propeller brace, -a piece of bamboo 10″ long, ¹⁄₈″ thick by ¹⁄₂″ in width is required -and this should be fastened to the extreme rear ends of the frame side -members, allowing the propeller brace to protrude on either side 1¹⁄₂″ -as illustrated. To put the propeller brace in position a slot ¹⁄₂″ deep -by ¹⁄₈″ wide should be cut into the rear ends of the frame side members -for the reception of the propeller brace. After the brace has been -placed in position the outer edge should come flush with the rear ends -of the side members. To hold the brace in place thread and glue should -be used in the same manner as described for the point of the frame -side members. Between the point of the frame and the propeller brace -two bamboo pieces, one 9″ long and another 2¹⁄₃″ long, should be used -as braces for the general strengthening of the structure. The longest -piece should be secured across the top of the frame about 9″ from the -rear and the shorter piece about 9″ from the point. - -[Illustration: Diagram 6] - -When these two braces are in position the next matter that calls for -the attention of the constructor is the matter of getting into position -at the two outer extremities of the propeller brace bearings for the -propellers. For this purpose two pieces of ³⁄₃₂nd inch brass tubing, -each ³⁄₄th of an inch long, should be used, and should be fastened to -the underside of the propeller brace, at each extremity of that brace, -by the use of thread and glue. Sometimes greater efficiency is secured -by putting these pieces of bronze tubing about ¹⁄₄″ from the end. Some -model constructors make a very neat jointure here by soldering the -piece of tubing to a strip of thin brass, which is bent over the end -of the propeller brace and bound and glued thereon. In fastening the -bronze tubing to the propeller brace it should be so adjusted that it -will run parallel to the side members of the frame and will therefore -offer the least possible resistance to the shaft of the propeller when -the rubber strands have been attached. - -When the frame has been completed a coat of shellac should be applied -to the entire structure to render it damp-proof. - - - ASSEMBLING - -The proper assembling of the parts of the model is as essential to good -results as is the designing and making. Parts, although properly made, -if improperly placed in relation to each other will very often lead to -trouble. Therefore very great care must be exercised in the assembling -process. - -When all the parts have been prepared and are ready to be assembled -the first thing that should be done is to mount the propellers in -position. This must be done very carefully on account of the fact -that the propeller shafts are easily bent and if bent the result is -considerable trouble, for such a bend in the propeller shaft will -cause the propeller to revolve irregularly with a consequent loss of -thrust. Before inserting the propeller shafts in the tubing 4 washers -each ¹⁄₄″ in diameter should be cut from hard metal, and a hole large -enough for the propeller shaft to pass through should be bored in the -center of each washer. The metal washers should be passed over the -straight ends of the shafts which extend from the rear of the tubing, -after they have been inserted in the tubing, and in this manner the -cutting into the hubs of the propellers which would follow is avoided. -The propellers are now to be mounted and this is accomplished by -allowing the ends of the shafts, which extend out from the rear of -the tubing, to pass through the hole in the hub of each propeller. In -mounting the propellers it is absolutely necessary to have the straight -edge of the propellers to face the point or front end of the model. The -propeller shown in Fig. 4 of diagram 1, should be mounted on the left -side of the frame to revolve to the left, while the propeller shown in -Fig. 1 should be mounted on the right side of the frame to revolve to -the right. When the propellers have thus been mounted the one-half inch -of shafting which extends out from the hubs of the propellers should be -bent over to grip the propeller hub and thereby prevent the shaft from -slipping during the unwinding of the rubber strands. For the reception -of the rubber strands to provide motive power a hook must be formed in -each shaft and this can be done by holding securely that portion of the -shaft which extends toward the point of the model, while the end is -being formed into a hook as illustrated in diagram 7. - -[Illustration: Diagram 7] - -Eighty-four feet of ¹⁄₈th″ flat rubber is necessary to propel the -model. This should be strung on each side from the hooks (see diagram) -at the front part of the model to the propeller shafts at the rear -of the model. In this way 14 strands of rubber will be evenly strung -on each side of the frame. To facilitate the winding of the rubbers -two double hooks made of ³⁄₃₂″ steel wire to resemble the letter S, -as shown in diagram 7, should be made. One end of this S hook should -be caught on the frame hook, while the other end is attached to the -strands of rubber, and to prevent the possible cutting of the strands a -piece of rubber tubing is used to cover over all wire hooks that come -in contact with the rubber strands providing propelling power. - -The wings are mounted on the top side of the frame members by means -of rubber bands and in placing them upon the frame it should be noted -that the entering edge of each wing must face the point or front of -the model. The wings must be so adjusted on the frame that they result -in perfect side balance which means that there is an even amount of -surface on either side of the model. To secure a longitudinal balance -it will be found that the entering edge of the main wing should be -placed approximately 8″ from the propeller brace or rear of the model, -and the entering edge of the small wing or elevator approximately 6″ -from the point. But it is only by test flying that a true balance -of the entire model can be obtained. To give the necessary power of -elevation (or lifting ability) to make the model rise, a small block of -wood about 1″ long by ¹⁄₄″ square must be placed between the entering -edge of the small wing and the frame of the model. - -After the wings have been thus adjusted and a short test flight made to -perfect the flying and elevating ability of the model, and this test -flight has been satisfactory, the model is ready for launching under -its full motive power. - - - LAUNCHING - -In the preliminary trials of a model close attention must be paid to -the few structural adjustments that will be found to be necessary -and which if not properly and quickly remedied will result in the -prevention of good flights or even in possible wrecking of the model. -Careful designing and construction are necessary but it is equally as -important that the model should be properly handled when it is complete -and ready for flying. - -[Illustration: Charles W. Meyers and William Hodgins exhibiting models -of early design.] - -[Illustration: Henry Criscouli and his five foot model. This model may -be disassembled and packed conveniently in small package.] - -[Illustration: Harry G. Schultz hydroaëroplane.] - -The approximate idea of the balance of a model can be secured by -launching it gently into the air. If the model dives down point first -it indicates that the main wing should be moved a little toward the -front. If it rises abruptly the main wing should be moved slightly -toward the rear. In this way by moving the wing forward or rearward -until the model glides away gracefully and lands flat upon the ground, -proper adjustment of the balance can be effected. If when launching -from the hand the model should curve to the left the main wing should -be moved slightly to the left of the frame members. And if the curve -is to the right the main wing should be moved in that direction. This -process can be continued until the model flies in the course desired. - -The winding of the rubber strands to get the necessary propelling power -is an important detail. The model should be firmly held by some one -at the rear with the thumb on either side member, pressing down on -the jointure and with the four fingers of each hand gripping the under -side of the frame members, and in this way holding the model steady -and until the rubber strands have been sufficiently wound. With the -hands in this position the propellers, of course, cannot and should -not revolve. The hooks attached to the rubber strands at the point or -front of the model should be detached from the side members and affixed -to the hooks of the winder. A winder may be made from an ordinary egg -beater as is shown in diagram 8. When the hooks attached to the rubber -strands at the point of the model have been affixed to the winder the -rubbers should be stretched four times their ordinary length (good -rubber being capable of being stretched seven times its length) and -the winding commenced, the person winding slowly moving in towards the -model as the strands are wound. If the ratio of the winder is 5 to 1, -that is if the rubber is twisted five times to every revolution of the -main wheel of the winder, 100 turns of the winder will be sufficient -for the first trial. This propelling power can be increased as the -trials proceed. When the winding has been accomplished the rubber hooks -should be detached from the winder hooks and attached to the hooks at -the front of the side members as shown in the diagram. - -[Illustration: Diagram 8] - -In preparation for launching, the model should be held above the head, -one hand holding it at the center of the frame, the other in the center -of the propeller brace in such a way as to prevent the propellers -from revolving. When the model is cast into the air if it is properly -adjusted it will fly straight ahead. - -A precaution which is sometimes worthy of attention before the -launching of the model under its full power is to test out the -propellers to find out whether or not they are properly mounted and -whether they revolve evenly and easily. To do this the rubber strands -may be given a few turns, enough to revolve the propellers for a brief -period, while the machine is held stationary. If the shafts have been -properly inserted in the hubs of the propellers and have not been -bent during the winding of the rubbers, the propellers will revolve -evenly and readily. If the propellers revolve unsteadily it indicates -that there is a bend in the propeller shafts or the propellers have -not been properly balanced. If the trouble is a bend in the shaft, it -must be removed before the model is launched on actual flight. If the -propeller does not revolve freely the application of some lubrication -(such as vaseline) to the shaft will eliminate this trouble. With these -adjustments made satisfactorily, the model can be launched with the -anticipation of good flying. - - - CHASSIS - -The preceding instructions and discussions have dealt with different -parts of a simple model to be used as a hand-launched type of model. -The experience which will come as the result of flying this type of -model for a period will undoubtedly tend toward a desire on the part of -the constructor to make his model more nearly represent a large sized -aëroplane and will make him want to have his model rise from the ground -under its own power. Such a model is known as an R. O. G. type, that -is, rises off the ground. - -[Illustration: Diagram 9] - -To meet this desire all that it is necessary to do is to make a -chassis, or carriage, which can be secured to the frame of the model, -and with extra power added, will result in a practical R. O. G. model. -In constructing such a chassis or carriage it is necessary to bear -in mind that it must be made sufficiently strong to withstand the -shock and stress which it will be called upon to stand when the model -descends to the ground. - -For the main struts of the chassis two pieces of bamboo each 9″ in -length are needed and these should be bent over 1″ on one end as shown -in the diagram, that they may be fastened to the under side of the -frame members, one on either side, at a point on that member 12″ from -the front. Two similar pieces of bamboo, each piece about 7″ in length, -are required to act as braces between the frame members and the main -chassis struts. Each end of each of the braces should be bent over in -the same direction and in the same manner as that described for the -main strut so that the fastening to the main frame member and the main -chassis strut may be accomplished. Steam may be used in bending the -ends of the pieces of bamboo. To make the landing chassis sufficiently -stable to withstand landing shocks a piece of bamboo 9″ should be -fastened from either side of the main chassis struts at the point where -the chassis brace on either side meets with main strut. The ends of -this cross brace should be bent in similar fashion to the other braces -to enable its being fastened easily and securely. - -Two small wheels constitute the running gear for the front part of -the chassis, for which two pieces of ¹⁄₁₆″ steel wire each 2¹⁄₄″ long -are required. These small wires are fastened to the bottom ends of -the main struts, and to accomplish this the wire should be bent in -the center at right angles; one leg of the angle is attached to the -bottom end of the main strut as shown in the diagram. Disks for wheels -may be cut from a bottle cork which should be ³⁄₄″ in diameter by -approximately ¹⁄₄″ in thickness. The edges should be rounded off to -prevent chipping. Before mounting the wheels on the axles which have -been provided by the wires attached to the bottom of the main struts, -a piece of bronze tubing ³⁄₃₂″ inside diameter and ³⁄₁₆″ long should -be inserted in the center of each disk. To secure the least possible -resistance on the revolutions of the wheels, there should be placed on -the wire axles pieces of bronze tubing similar in diameter and ¹⁄₈″ in -length on either side of the wheel (see illustration). When the wheel -is thus placed in position with the pieces of bronze tubing on either -side about ¹⁄₄″ of the axle wire will extend from the outward end of -the outside piece of tubing. This should be bent over the tubing to -prevent its falling off and at the same time hold the wheel securely in -position. - -For the rear skid a piece of bamboo 6″ long is used, one end of which -is curved as in a hockey stick so that it will glide smoothly over -the ground. The other end of the rear skid should be bent over about -¹⁄₂″ so that it can be securely fastened to the propeller braces, -as illustrated in the diagram. Two 7″ pieces of bamboo are required -to act as braces for the rear skid. Both ends of each brace strut -are bent over ¹⁄₂″ in the same direction, one end of each strut is -securely fastened to a side member 3″ from the rear and the other end -of each strut is fastened to the rear skid, at their point of meeting -as shown in diagram 9, the method of attaching being the same as in -the case of the forward portion of the chassis. All joining should be -accomplished by first gluing the braces and then binding with thread. -When completed, the rear skid should glide along the ground in bobsled -fashion, thus preventing the propellers from hitting the ground. - -[Illustration: Diagram 10] - -In making such a chassis or carriage the endeavor should be made to -use, as near as possible, the same weight of material on either side of -the model so as little interference as possible will be made with the -general balance of the model in flight. - - - PONTOONS - -Having satisfactorily developed the hand launched model and the -model rising off the ground under its own propulsion the constructor -will next turn his mind to the question of having his model rise -under its own power from the surface of the water in the fashion of -passenger-carrying hydros and flying boats. This will be accomplished -by the use of pontoons attached to a specially designed chassis. - -[Illustration: C. V. Obst World record flying boat] - -[Illustration: Twin tractor Hydroaëroplane designed and constructed by -George F. McLaughlin] - -[Illustration: Louis Bamberger’s hydro about to leave surface of water] - -Three pontoons are necessary and these should be made as light as -possible. Each pontoon should be made 6″ long, 1″ deep toward the -forward part, by ³⁄₄″ at the rear and 2″ wide. The side members of -each pontoon are made from pieces of thin white pine wood ¹⁄₃₂nd of an -inch thick, slightly curved up at the front and sloped down toward the -rear. Small niches should be made on the top and bottom sides of the -pontoons into which the cross braces are inserted and glued. Further -reference to diagram 10 will show that at the extreme forward end of -the sides a cut is made large enough to receive a flat piece of spruce -¹⁄₁₆″ wide. Another cut of the same dimensions is made at the extreme -rear end. Still further cuts are made on the top and bottom sides of -the pontoons, the forward cuts measuring 1¹⁄₂″ from the front and the -rear cuts 1¹⁄₂″ from the rear, to join the sides of the pontoons as -illustrated in diagram 10. Six pieces of ¹⁄₁₆″ flat spruce are required -for the rear pontoon, the ends of which are held in position by glue. -For the forward pontoon only 4 braces are required in so far as the -ends of the two main brace spars of the forward part of chassis are -inserted in the cuts on the top sides of the pontoon. These brace spars -measure 10 inches in length and are made from bamboo ¹⁄₈th inch in -diameter, which necessitates enlargement of the cuts on the top sides -of the forward pontoons so that the extreme ends of the spars can be -inserted in the cuts in the place of the braces. To complete the rear -pontoon and prepare it for covering, three strips of ¹⁄₈″ bamboo are -required for struts. Two of these strips should measure 9″ in length -and should be attached to the front of the pontoon on the inner side -as shown in diagram 10. Thread and glue should be used in attaching -the ends of the strips to the pontoon. To enable fastening to the -frame the upper ends of the bamboo strips should be bent over about -¹⁄₂″. The third strip should measure 8″ in length and is attached to -the upper and lower braces toward the front of the pontoon as shown -in the diagram. It is necessary that this strip be secured in the -approximate center of the pontoon to insure a good balance. For the -purpose of securing the upper end of the third strut to the center of -the propeller brace a piece of wire 1¹⁄₂″ long should be secured to the -upper end of the strut and looped as shown in diagram 10. The three -pontoons should now be covered with fiber paper and it is necessary to -exercise care to avoid punctures. For the purpose of coating the fiber -paper to render it waterproof, a satisfactory solution can be made by -mixing banana oil with celluloid until it has attained the desired -thickness, after which it should be applied to the covering of the -pontoons with a soft brush. - -For the main strut of the forward portion of the chassis two pieces of -¹⁄₈″ bamboo, each 11″ in length, are required and these should be bent -over 1″ on one end as shown in the diagram, that they may be fastened -to the under side of the frame members, one on either side at a point -on that member 11″ from the front. Two similar pieces of bamboo, each -piece 8″ in length, are required to act as braces between the frame -members and the main chassis struts. Each end of the braces should -be bent over in the same direction and in the same manner as that -described for the main struts so that the fastening to the main frame -member and the main chassis struts may be accomplished. Steam or an -alcohol lamp may be used in bending the ends of the pieces of bamboo. -To make the chassis sufficiently stable a piece of bamboo 7¹⁄₂″ should -be fastened from either side of the main chassis struts at the point -where the chassis brace on either side meets with the main strut. The -ends of this cross brace should be bent in similar fashion to the other -braces to enable its being fastened easily and permanently. - -For the accommodation of the pontoons two strips of flat steel wire, -each 4″ in length, should be attached to the ends of the main struts, -about one inch from the bottom, the farthest ends should be bent to -grip the second spar which joins the pontoons. Note diagram 10. - -To further strengthen the chassis a strip of flat steel wire -sufficiently long enough should be bent so that ¹⁄₂″ of the central -portion can be securely fastened to the center of the cross brace as -shown in diagram 10. The two outer ends should be bent down and are -fastened to the wires which are attached to the bottom ends of the -struts. This method of attaching the forward pontoons enables the -constructor to adjust them to any desired angle and also detach them -when not in use. - -A model hydroaëroplane is one of the most interesting types of models -and if properly taken care of will afford the constructor many pleasant -moments. - -[Illustration: Erwin B. Eiring about to release R. O. G. Model. (Note -manner of holding propellers.) Kennith Sedgwick, tractor record holder -Milwaukee Model Club. Courtesy Gilbert Counsell.] - -[Illustration: Waid Carl releasing R. O. G. Model. Courtesy Edward P. -Warner.] - - - LAUNCHING AN R. O. G. OR MODEL - HYDROAËROPLANE - -Although the method of determining the balance of an R. O. G. or a -model hydroaëroplane is exactly the same as that of a hand launched -model, the manner of launching is somewhat different. Instead of -holding the model one hand in the center of the frame and the other at -the rear as in the case of the hand launched model, in launching an R. -O. G. or hydro, the model should be rested upon the ground or water, -as the case may be, with both hands holding tightly to the propellers. -Then when about to let the model go release both propellers instantly. -If the model has sufficient power and it has been properly adjusted -it will glide over the surface of the ground or water for a short -distance, then rise into the air. Should the model fail to rise into -the air additional strands of rubber should be added, after which it -should be rewound and a second attempt made. - -Should the model fail to respond after the addition of extra rubber, -the indications are that something requires further adjustment. Perhaps -the pontoons need further elevation if the model is a hydro, or if -it be an R. O. G. model the forward wing may require an increase of -elevation. In any event the model should be carefully examined and -adjustments made where necessary, after which the model should be -tested for balance and elevation. If satisfied with the behavior of the -model after test flights have been made, another attempt should be made -to launch the model from the ground or water. - -On no account try to fly the model in the house, or see, supposing the -model is of the R. O. G. type, if it will rise from the dining room -floor. This advice may seem unnecessary, but it is not so, for there -has been quite a number of instances in which the above has been done, -nearly always with disastrous results, not always to the model, more -often to something of much greater value. The smashing of windows has -often resulted from such attempts, but generally speaking pictures -are the worst sufferers. It is equally unwise to attempt to fly the -model in a garden in which there are numerous obstructions, such as -trees and so forth. A wrecked model is very often the result of such -experimenting. The safest way to determine the flying ability of any -model is to take it out in an open field where its flight is less apt -to be interrupted. - - - - - WORLD RECORD MODELS - - - THE LAUDER DISTANCE AND - DURATION MODEL - -After many months of experimentation Mr. Wallace A. Lauder succeeded in -producing a model that proved to be one of his most successful models. -But a few years ago flights of 1000 feet with a duration of 60 seconds -were considered remarkable. But so rapid has been the development of -the rubber strand driven model that to-day it is hardly considered -worth while to measure a flight of 1000 feet, especially in contests -where models fly over 2500 feet or 3537 feet which was the distance -flown by Mr. Lauder’s model during one of the contests of the National -Model Aëroplane competition of 1915. Mr. Lauder’s model on several -occasions made flights of over 3500 feet with a duration in each event -of over 195 seconds. It is therefore to be remembered that this model -is both a distance and duration model, both qualities being seldom -found in one model. - -Reference to the accompanying drawing will give a clear idea of the -constructional details. - -The frame or fuselage consists of two side members 40″ in length, of -straight grained spruce. At the center each member is of approximately -circular cross section, and is ¹⁄₄″ in diameter. The members taper to -about ³⁄₁₆″ at the ends, the circular cross section being maintained -throughout. The frame is braced by a strip of bamboo of streamline -form, extending from one side member to the other, 18″ from the apex of -the frame. The ends of this frame are bent to run parallel to the side -members of the frame where they are secured by binding with silk thread -and gluing. Piano wire hooks are also secured to the side members of -the frame adjacent the ends of the cross brace, and from these hooks -extend wires of steel (No. 2 music wire) which run diagonally to the -rear brace or propeller spar where they are secured. - -[Illustration: Diagram 11] - -The frame is braced further by an upwardly arched strip of bamboo, as -shown in diagram 11, this strip being 2¹⁄₂″ in height. At the top of -this brace are two bronze strips of No. 32 gauge brass, one above the -other, one on top of the brace and the other below. - -Adjacent the ends of these strips of metal are perforations through -which pass bracing wires, one of which wires runs to the front of -the frame where a hook is mounted for its reception, and the other -two wires extend to the rear of the frame where they are secured -to the propeller brace. The propeller brace consists of a strip of -streamlined spruce 11³⁄₄″ in length, the propellers being at an angle, -thus clearance is allowed ¹⁄₄″ wide at the center, tapering to ³⁄₁₆″ -at the ends. The ends of the propeller brace extend out one inch from -the side members of the frame, to allow room for the rubber strands to -be used as motive power. In order to avoid slotting the ends of the -side members of the frame so that the propeller brace can be secured -therein, thin strips of bamboo are secured above and below the end of -each side member, by binding with silk thread and gluing, the space -between these bamboo strips being utilized for the brace which is -securely bound and glued therein. The propeller bearings consist of -strips of very thin bronze (No. 32 gauge), about ³⁄₁₆″ in width, bent -over ⁵⁄₈″ strips of German silver tubing, the tubing being soldered to -the bronze strips and the propeller brace, which fits between the upper -and lower portions of the bronze strips, is securely bound and glued -thereto. - -The propellers are cut from solid blocks of pine, and are 12″ in -diameter. The blade, at its widest portion, measures 1³⁄₈″. The blades -are cut very thin, and in order to save weight, they are not shellacked -or painted. - -The propeller shafts are of piano wire (No. 20 size) to fit the tubing -used in the bearings, pass through the propellers and are bent over -on the outer side to prevent turning. A few small bronze washers are -interposed between the propellers and the outer ends of the tubing to -minimize friction when the propellers are revolving. Twelve strands of -rubber are used for each propeller, the rubber being ¹⁄₈″ flat. - -[Illustration: Wallace A. Lauder distance and duration model] - -[Illustration: Wallace A. Lauder R. O. G. Model] - -The wings are both double surfaced, and are of the swept back type. The -span of the main wing is 28¹⁄₂″, with a chord of 6¹⁄₂″. The elevator -has a span of 15″ with a chord of 4³⁄₄″. The main wing has eleven -double ribs, these ribs being built up on mean beams of spruce ¹⁄₁₆″ × -³⁄₁₆″, the front beam being placed 1¹⁄₄″ from the entering edge, and -the second beam being 2″ back from the front beam. The entering and -trailing edges are formed from a single strip of thin split bamboo, all -the joints being made by binding with thin silk and gluing. - -The elevator is constructed in like manner, except that it only has -seven ribs, and the measurements are as above set forth. Both planes -are covered with goldbeater’s skin, sometimes known as “Zephyr” skin, -which is first glued in place and then steamed, which tightens the same -on the plane, and given a coat of preparation used for this purpose. - - - THE HITTLE WORLD RECORD - MODEL - - (SINGLE TRACTOR MONOPLANE, 116 seconds - DURATION RISING FROM WATER) - -The Hittle World record model hydroaëroplane, designed and constructed -by Mr. Lindsay Hittle of the Illinois Model Aëro Club, is perhaps -one of the most interesting types of models yet produced. The -establishing of this record illustrates the value of careful designing -and construction and offers to the beginner an example which might -be followed if good results are sought. In having broken the world’s -model hydroaëroplane record with a tractor type model Mr. Hittle -accomplished a feat of twofold importance. First, in having advanced -the possibilities of the tractor model, and, second, in illustrating -the value of scientific construction. The previous record for this -type of model has been but 29 seconds, just one-fourth of the duration -made by Mr. Hittle’s model. - -Mr. Hittle’s model shows many new and original features not hitherto -combined on any one model. Note diagram 12. The model is of extremely -light weight, weighing complete but 1.75 ounces. The floats and their -attachments have been so designed as to offer the least possible wind -resistance. In fact every possible method was utilized in order to cut -down weight and resistance on every part of the model. As a result of -this doing away with resistance an excellent gliding ratio of 8³⁄₄ to 1 -has been obtained. - -For the motor base of the model a single stick of white pine ⁵⁄₆″ -deep and 45″ in length is used. On the front end the bearing for the -propeller is bound with silk thread and a waterproof glue of the -constructor’s own composition being used to hold it secure. For the -bearing a small light weight forging somewhat in the shape of the -letter “L” is used, this being made streamline. At the rear end of -the engine base is attached a piano wire hook for the rubber. The -stabilizer consisting of a segment of a circle measuring 12″ × 8″ is -attached to the under side of the engine base. The rudder measuring -3¹⁄₂″ × 3¹⁄₂″ is attached to the stabilizer at the rear of the engine -base. - -The wing is built up of two beams of white pine with ribs and tips of -bamboo and has an area of 215 square inches. - -The wing which has a total span of 43″ and a chord of 5¹⁄₈″ is built up -of two beams of white pine with ribs and tips of bamboo and has a total -area of 215 square inches. The wing is given a small dihedral and the -wing tips are slightly upturned at the rear. - -The trailing edge is longer than the entering edge the ribs being -placed somewhat oblique in order to secure an even spacing. The wing is -attached to the frame by two small bamboo clips which hold it rigidly -and permit easy adjustment and is set at an angle of about 4 degrees -with the line of thrust. - -[Illustration: Diagram 12] - -Both the floats which take practically the whole weight of the machine -are situated directly under the wing just far enough behind the center -of gravity to prevent the model from tipping backward. These floats -are attached to the engine base by means of streamlined bamboo struts. -Bamboo is also used in the construction of the float frames. A single -float of triangular sections is situated just behind the propeller. The -entire weight of the floats and their attachments is but .23 ounces. - -The propeller which consists of four blades is built up of two -propellers joined together at the hubs and securely glued, the -completed propeller having a diameter of 10″ with a theoretical pitch -of 14″. The blades are fairly narrow, tapering almost to a point at the -tips. The propeller is driven by five strands of ³⁄₁₆th″ strip rubber -at about 760 r.p.m. when the model is in flight. At the time when -the model made its record flight of 116 seconds the rubber was given -1500 turns which is not the maximum number of turns. At other times -the model has flown satisfactorily with less turns of the rubber. -While in the air the model flies very slow and stable notwithstanding -its light weight and large surface. On three occasions the model has -made durations of approximately 90 seconds which rather dispenses the -possibility of its being termed a freak. - - - THE LA TOUR FLYING BOAT - -One of the most notable results of the National Model Aëroplane -Competition of 1915 was the establishing of a new world’s record for -flying boats. Considering that the model flying boat is a difficult -type of model to construct and fly, the establishing of this new world -record of 43 seconds is remarkable. Credit for this performance is -due Mr. Robert La Tour of the Pacific Northwest Model Aëro Club, who -designed, constructed and flew the model flying boat which is herewith -described and illustrated. Diagram 13. - -The frame is made of laminated spruce 40″ in length, made of two strips -glued together. They are ³⁄₈″ × ¹⁄₈″ at the center tapering to ³⁄₁₆″ × -¹⁄₈″ at the ends. The cross braces are of split bamboo and are fastened -to the frame side members by bringing them to a wedge at the ends and -then inserting them into slots in the sides of the frame side members -and are finally drilled and bound to the latter. The rear brace is -of streamlined spruce ¹⁄₄″ × ¹⁄₈″; this butts against the frame side -members and is bound to them. The propeller accommodations are made of -brass. - -The propellers are 10″ in diameter with a 19″ pitch. These are carved -from a block of Alaska cedar 1¹⁄₄″ wide by ³⁄₄″ thick. Of course the -propellers may also be made from white pine. To turn the propellers 15 -strands of ¹⁄₈″ flat rubber are used. - -Bamboo about ¹⁄₁₆″ square is used to obtain the outline of the wings. -The main wing has a span of 33″ with a chord of 5¹⁄₂″. Split bamboo -is used for the making of the 9 ribs. The wing spar or brace is of -spruce ³⁄₁₆″ × ¹⁄₈″ and is fastened below the ribs as illustrated in -diagram 13. The elevator is constructed in like manner but has a span -of only 17″ × 4³⁄₄″ and has only 5 ribs. A block ³⁄₄″ high is used for -elevation. Both wings have a camber of ¹⁄₂″ and are covered on the -upper side with silk doped with a special varnish and a few coats of -white shellac. - -[Illustration: Diagram 13] - -The boat is 20″ long, 3″ in width and shaped as shown. The slip is -¹⁄₂″ deep and is located 7″ from the bow. The rear end is brought down -steeply to avoid the drag of the water on this point when the boat is -leaving the surface of the water. Spruce ³⁄₆₄ths of an inch thick is -used for the making of the sides, but the cross bracing is of slightly -heavier material, there being six braces used throughout. The rear -brace is much heavier in order to withstand the pull of the covering -and to receive the ends of the wire connections. The outriggers or -balancing pontoons are constructed of the same material as that of the -boat and are held together by a spruce beam 18″ long, ¹⁄₂″ wide by -³⁄₁₆″ thick, streamlined. This beam is fastened to the boat by means -of three brads to permit changing if necessary. The lower edges of the -outriggers should clear the water about ¹⁄₈″ before the steps on the -boat leave the water. The boat and outriggers are covered with silk, -shrunk with a special solution and then coated several times with white -shellac. It is a good plan to shellac the interior walls of the boat -and pontoons before covering to prevent them from losing their form by -becoming soft from the influence of water in the case of a puncture. - -The boat is connected to the frame at its front by two steel wires, -their ends being inserted into the cross members of the boat, and then -brought up along the sides, crossed and then bound to the frame. A -similar pair of connecting wires are used to connect the rear end of -the boat to the rear end of the frame. A U-shaped wire is bound to the -outrigger beam and frame. A single diagonal strip of bamboo is also -fastened to the outrigger beam with a brad, its upper end being bound -to the cross bracing of the frame, making a very solid connection. - -Under ideal weather conditions this model will fly on 12 strands of -rubber with the possibility of a better duration than has been made. -But, however, with 15 strands the model will rise at every attempt. -More rubber, however, causes the bow of the boat to nose under and to -accommodate this increase of power the boat should be lengthened. - - - THE COOK NO. 42 WORLD - RECORD MODEL - - (TWIN PROPELLER HYDROAËROPLANE, 100.6 - SECONDS RISING FROM WATER) - -During the National Model Aëroplane Competition of 1915 held under -the auspices of the Aëro Club of America, a number of new world -records were established, one of which was for twin propeller -hydroaëroplanes. The credit for this record is due Mr. Ellis C. Cook -of the Illinois Model Aëro Club, who succeeded in getting his model -hydroaëroplane—which by the way is a rather difficult type of model to -operate—to rise from the water and remain in the air for a duration -of 100.6 seconds. This model is of the common A frame design with the -floats or pontoons arranged in the familiar fashion, two forward and -one aft. The model is fairly light, weighing, when complete, 3.33 -ounces, ¹⁄₂ ounce of which is made up in rubber strands for motive -power. Diagram 14. - -The frame is made of two sticks of white pine for side members, each -member measuring 38¹⁄₄″ in length, ⁵⁄₁₆″ in depth, by ¹⁄₈″ in width. -These are cut to taper toward the ends where they are only ¹⁄₈″ in -width by ³⁄₁₆″ in depth in the front and rear respectively. Three “X” -strips of streamlined bamboo measuring ³⁄₁₆″ in width by ³⁄₆₄ths of an -inch in depth, are used for bracing the frame between the front and -rear and are arranged as shown in diagram 14. The propeller bearings -are of small streamlined forgings of light weight, and are bound to the -rear end of each side member first by gluing, then binding around with -thread. The front hook is made of No. 16 piano wire and is bound to the -frame as shown in diagram 14. The chassis which holds the floats or -pontoons is made of ³⁄₃₂″ bamboo bent to shape and bound to the frame -members. By the use of rubber strands the floats are attached to the -chassis; the forward ones being attached so that angle may be adjusted. - -The main wing has a span of 36″ and a chord of 5″ and is constructed of -two white pine beams each 39″ long, with bamboo wing tips. The ribs, -seven in number, are also made of bamboo and are spaced along the edges -of the wing at a distance of 4¹⁄₂″ apart. The “elevator” or front wing -has a span of 14″ and a chord of 3¹⁄₄″, the framework of which is made -entirely of bamboo. The entering edge of this wing is given a slightly -greater dihedral so that the angle of incidence at the tips is greater -than at the center. By this method the added incidence in the front -wing is obtained. By the use of rubber bands both wings are attached to -the frame. - -[Illustration: Diagram 14] - -The two forward floats are spaced eight inches apart and are of the -stepped type, the step being 3¹⁄₂″ from the front and has a depth of -¹⁄₈″. These two floats are separated by two bamboo strips as shown -in the diagram, which are tied to the rounded portion of the under -carriage by small rubber bands. By the sliding of these strips back -and forth the necessary angle of the floats may be obtained to suit -conditions. The floats are built up with two thin pieces of white pine -for sides, separated by small pieces of wood about one-half the size -of a match in cross section. Chiffon veiling which is used for the -covering of the wings, is also used for the covering of the floats, -after which it is covered with a special preparation to render both the -wings and the floats air and water-tight. - -The two ten-inch propellers with which the model is fitted have a -theoretical pitch of twelve and one-half inches. The propellers are -carved from blanks one-half inch thick, the blades of the completed -propellers having a maximum width of one inch at a radius of three -inches. The propeller shafts are made from No. 16 piano wire and have -small washers for bearings. Each propeller is driven by three strands -of ¹⁄₄″ strip elastic. The rubber is given 1700 to 1750 turns and -revolves the propellers at 1150–1200 r.p.m., when the model is in -flight. - -The model usually runs over the surface of the water for a distance of -from two to three feet before it rises, after which it climbs at a very -steep angle to the necessary altitude. The model seems, when in flight, -to be slightly overpowered but this is misleading. The rubbers usually -unwind in from 85 to 90 seconds. On four out of six flights this model -has made a duration of between 98 and 100 seconds which is rather -unusual for a model of this type. - - - THE RUDY FUNK DURATION MODEL - -Of the many different types of duration models that have made their -appearance during the year of 1915 perhaps the model described -herewith, constructed and flown by Mr. Rudolph Funk, of the Aëro -Science Club, was one of the most successful. Unlike most models the -propellers of this model are bent and not cut. This model made its -appearance during the latter part of 1915, on several occasions having -flown for over 100 seconds duration. Diagram 15. - -While retaining the important characteristics of his standard model, -slight changes have been made. Instead of the usual wire for the -construction of the frame of the wings, bamboo is used in its place for -lightness and strength. The wing frames are single surfaced, China -silk being used for covering. The “dope” which is used to render the -silk airtight is made by dissolving celluloid in banana oil. This in -turn is applied to the silk with a soft brush. - -The camber of the main wing is ³⁄₄″ at the center, with a slight -reduction towards the negative tips; it also has a dihedral angle of 2 -degrees. The main beam, which is secured to the under side of the frame -for rigidness, is of spruce 1″ by ⁵⁄₆₄″, tapering to ³⁄₄″ × ⁵⁄₆₄″. -The ribs for the main wing and small wing or “elevator” are cut from -solid pieces of bamboo ³⁄₁₆″ thick by ¹⁄₄″ wide. These pieces of bamboo -are first bent to the proper camber and are then cut into strips each -¹⁄₁₆″ wide. The ribs are next tapered to a V at the bottom, toward the -trailing edge, as shown in diagram 15, and also toward the entering -edge. To accommodate the entering and trailing edges of the frame, each -rib is slit slightly at both ends. Both edges of the frame are then -inserted in the slots at the ends of the ribs and bound around with -silk thread. - -[Illustration: Diagram 15] - -The frame is composed of two sticks of silver spruce 38″ in length, -⁵⁄₁₆″ × ³⁄₁₆″, tapering to ¹⁄₄″ × ⁵⁄₃₂″, held apart by a streamline -bamboo cross brace in the center. An additional brace of bamboo is -securely fastened across the frame toward the front. The propeller -brace consists of a streamline-cut piece of bamboo 12¹⁄₂″ in length -by ³⁄₈″ in width at the center, tapering to ¹⁄₄″ toward the ends. The -propeller brace is inserted in slots cut in the rear ends of the frame -members, then bound and glued. - -The propellers are bent from birch veneer, the bending being done -over an alcohol flame as illustrated in diagram 15. But first of all -the blades are cut to shape, sandpapered and finished before they are -bent. As shown in the drawing a slot is filed in the hub of each blade -to enable the propeller shaft to pass through when both have been -glued together. The blades are then glued and bound together, first by -placing a piece of wire in the slots to insure their being centered and -also to prevent their being filled with glue. After this has been done -each propeller is given three coats of the same dope as is used on the -wings. - -The propeller bearings are turned out of ¹⁄₃₂″ bronze tubing, the -length of each bearing being ¹⁄₂″. Steel washers are slipped over the -propeller shaft, between the bearing and propeller to insure smooth -running. The propeller shafts are made from steel hatpins which are -heated at both ends, one end of which is bent into a loop to receive -the rubber strands, the other end being bent around the hub of the -propeller to prevent the shaft from slipping during the unwinding of -the rubbers. Two strips of brass, each ¹⁄₄″ × 2″, are bent around the -one-half inch bearing and soldered. The brass strips are then glued and -bound onto the ends of the propeller brace as shown in diagram 15. - -[Illustration: Rudy Funk speed model] - -[Illustration: Schober compressed air driven monoplane. McMahon -compressed air driven tractor (right)] - - - THE ALSON H. WHEELER WORLD RECORD MODEL - - (TWIN PUSHER BIPLANE 143 SEC. DURATION - RISING FROM THE GROUND) - -Since the beginning of model flying very little attention has been -paid to the model biplane. Practically all records are held by -model aëroplanes of the monoplane type. With this fact in view, the -record established by Mr. Wheeler with his Twin Pusher Biplane is -extraordinary, in so far as it surpasses many of the monoplane records. -This model is a very slow flyer, and has excellent gliding ability. At -the time when this model flew and broke the world’s record, the greater -portion of the flight consisted of a beautiful glide of 86 seconds’ -duration, after the power gave out, making it possible for the model to -remain in the air for a duration of 143 seconds. - -The frame consists of two I-beams, each 48″ in length, running -parallel, and spaced by cross pieces, each piece 11¹⁄₂″ long. The -bearing blocks used made it possible for the propellers to clear by -one-half inch. Two 12″ expanding pitch racing propellers are used and -these are mounted on ball bearing shafts. The main upper plane has a -span of 34″ with a chord of 5″, the lower plane being 26″ by 5″. The -elevator consists of two planes, each measuring 14″ by 5″. Cork wheels -are used, each being one inch in diameter. For motive power one-eighth -inch flat rubber is used, this being coated with glycerine to prevent -sticking. - -[Illustration: Alson H. Wheeler twin pusher Biplane] - -[Illustration: C. V. Obst tractor model] - - - - - A MODEL WARPLANE - - -The model shown in the accompanying photograph was constructed by -Master R. O’Neill, of Montreal, Canada. The machine was designed -after one of the leading warplanes now in active service abroad and -in carrying out the entire features he did not fail to include the -identification marks which are of utmost importance in the war zone. - -The dimensions of the model are as follows: Length of fuselage, 23″; -span of top wing, 33″; span of lower wing, 29″, both having a chord of -7″. Motive power is derived from two ¹⁄₈ inch square elastic strands -which operate a multiple gear to which is attached a 10″ propeller. - -In coloring the model a dull aluminum was selected. Complete the model -weighs 12 ounces. Perhaps the most interesting feature of the model -is the ability to change it to a monoplane by the removal of the -upper wing after which the lower wing is raised to the sockets in the -fuselage which were especially arranged for that particular purpose. - -[Illustration: Model warplane] - - - - - A SIMPLE COMPRESSED AIR ENGINE - - -During the past few years model flyers in America have shown a tendency -toward the adoption of compressed air engines for use in connection -with model aëroplanes. Hitherto, England has been the home of the -compressed air engine, where a great deal of experimenting has been -carried on, to a considerable degree of success. Flights of over 40 -seconds have been made with models in which compressed air power plants -were used. But, however, the desire on the part of a large majority of -model flyers in America to build scientific models, that is, models -more closely resembling large machines, has made it necessary to find a -more suitable means of propulsion; rubber strands being unsatisfactory -for such purposes. Many different types of compressed air engines have -made their appearance during the past few years, among which the two -cylinder opposed type is very favorably looked upon, because it is -perhaps one of the easiest to construct. - -To make a simple two cylinder opposed compressed air power plant, as -illustrated in Figure 1 of diagram 16, it is not necessary that the -builder be in possession of a machine shop. A file, drill, small gas -blow torch and a small vise comprise the principal tools for the making -of the engine. - -The first things needed in the making of this engine are cylinders. -For the making of the cylinders two fishing rod ferrules, known as -female ferrules, are required. And for the heads of the cylinders, two -male ferrules are required. Such ferrules can be secured at most any -sporting goods store. The female ferrules should be filed down to a -length of 2″, cut down on one side a distance of ³⁄₄ of the diameter, -then cut in from the end as shown in Figure 7. When this has been done -the two male ferrules should be cut off a distance of ¹⁄₈″ from the top -as shown in Figure 7-a, to serve as heads for the cylinders. - -[Illustration: Diagram 16] - -A hole ¹⁄₈″ in diameter should be drilled in the center of each head -so as to enable the connecting of the intake pipes. By the use of soft -wire solder the heads should be soldered into the ends of the cylinders -as shown in Figure 1-d. - -The pistons should now be made; for this purpose two additional male -ferrules are required. These should be made to operate freely within -the cylinders by twisting them in a rag which has been saturated with -oil and upon which has been shaken fine powdered emery. When they have -been made to operate freely they should be cut down one-half inch -from the closed end as shown in Figure 5-a. For the connecting rods, -2 pieces of brass tubing, each ¹⁄₈″ in diameter by 1¹⁄₄″ long, are -required, and, as illustrated in Figure 6, should be flattened out at -either end and through each end a hole ³⁄₃₂″ in diameter should be -drilled. For the connecting of the piston rods to the pistons, studs -are required, and these should be cut from a piece of brass rod ¹⁄₄″ in -diameter by ¹⁄₂″ in length. As two studs are necessary, one for each -piston, this piece should be cut in half, after which each piece should -be filed in at one end deep enough to receive the end of the connecting -rod. Before soldering the studs to the heads of the pistons, however, -the connecting rods should be joined to the studs by the use of a steel -pin which is passed through the stud and connecting rod, after which -the ends of the pin are flattened, to keep it in position as shown in -Figure 5-a. - -For the outside valve mechanism and also to serve in the capacity as a -bearing for the crankshaft, a piece of brass tubing ¹⁄₄″ in diameter by -1¹⁄₂″ long is required. Into this should be drilled three holes, each -¹⁄₈″ in diameter, and each ¹⁄₂″ apart as shown in Figure 4. Next, for -the valve shaft and also propeller accommodation, secure a piece of -³⁄₁₆″ drill rod 2″ long. On the left hand side of the valve shaft, as -shown in Figure 3, a cut ¹⁄₃₂″ deep by ¹⁄₂″ in length is made 1″ from -the end. Another cut of the same dimensions is made on the right side -only; this cut is made at a distance of ³⁄₈″ from the stud end. - -As shown in Figure 1-f, the crank throw consists of a flat piece of -steel, ³⁄₃₂″ thick, ³⁄₈″ in length by ¹⁄₄″ in width. At each end of the -crank throw a hole ³⁄₁₆″ in diameter should be drilled, the holes to -be one-half inch apart. Into one hole a piece of steel drill rod ³⁄₃₂″ -in diameter by ¹⁄₄″ long is soldered, to which the connecting rods are -mounted, as shown in Figure 1-f. Into the other hole the stud end of -the crank throw is soldered. - -[Illustration: Schober pusher type compressed air driven monoplane] - -[Illustration: Schober compressed air driven biplane] - -Before making the tank it is most desirable to assemble the parts of -the engine, and this may be done by first fitting the pistons into the -cylinders as shown in Figure 1-b, after which the cylinders should be -lapped one over the other and soldered as shown in Figure 1-a. When -this has been done a hole one-fourth of an inch in diameter should be -drilled half way between the ends of the cylinders, and into this hole -should be soldered one end of the valve casing shown in Figure 4. For -the inlet pipes as shown in Figure 1-c secure two pieces of ¹⁄₈″ brass -tubing and after heating until soft, bend both to a shape similar -to that shown in Figure 1-c. When this has been done solder one end to -the end of the cylinder and the other in the second hole of the valve -shaft casing. The valve shaft should now be inserted in the valve shaft -casing and the connecting rods sprung onto the crank throw as shown -in Figure 1-d. To loosen up the parts of the engine which have just -been assembled it should be filled with oil and by tightly holding the -crankshaft in the jaws of a drill the engine can be worked for a few -minutes. - -The tank is made from a sheet of brass or copper foil 15″ long by -¹⁄₁₀₀₀″ thick. This is made in the form of a cylinder, the edges of -which are soldered together as shown in Figure 2. Sometimes this seam -is riveted every one-half inch to increase its strength, but in most -cases solder is all that is required to hold the edges together. For -the caps, or ends, the tops of two small oil cans are used, each can -measuring 2¹⁄₂″ in diameter. To complete the caps two discs of metal -should be soldered over the ends of the cans where formerly the spouts -were inserted, the bottoms of the cans having been removed. The bottom -edges of the cans should be soldered to the ends of the tank as shown -in Figure 2. Into one end of the completed tank a hole large enough -to receive an ordinary bicycle air valve should be drilled. Figure 2. -Another hole is drilled into the other end of the tank, into which is -soldered a small gas cock to act as a valve. Figure 2. This should be -filed down where necessary, to eliminate unnecessary weight. To connect -the tank with the engine, a piece of ¹⁄₈″ brass tubing 3″ long is -required, the ends of which are soldered into the holes in the valve -shaft casing nearest the cylinders, as shown in Figure 1-ee. As shown -in Figure 1-ee, a hole ¹⁄₈″ in diameter is drilled in one side of this -piece, but not through, in the end nearest the tank. Another piece of -brass tubing ¹⁄₈″ in diameter is required to connect the tank with -the engine, one end of which is soldered to the cock in the tank, the -other in the hole in the pipe which leads from the engine to the tank, -illustrated in Figure 1-ee, thus completing the engine. - -In conclusion it is suggested that the builder exercise careful -judgment in both the making and assembling of the different parts -of the engine in order to avoid unnecessary trouble and secure -satisfactory results. After having constructed an engine as has just -been described, the constructor may find it to his desire to construct -a different type of engine for experimental purposes. The constructor -therefore may find the descriptions of satisfactory compressed air -engines in the following paragraphs of suggestive value. - - - - - COMPRESSED AIR DRIVEN MODELS - - -The development of the compressed air engine has given an added impetus -to model making, necessitating more scientific experimenting and -developing the art of model flying along lines of greater value to -those who may eventually take up the work of building our future air -fleets. - - - THE DART COMPRESSED AIR DRIVEN MODEL - -In the accompanying illustration is shown a model aëroplane of -monoplane type driven by a three-cylinder rotary engine which was -constructed by Edward Willard Dart of South Norwalk, Connecticut. - -The engine was constructed after several months of patient labor. -Careful judgment was exercised in the drafting of the plane and -likewise in the assembling of the engine for it is absolutely -essential that all parts be properly fitted as to enable the engine to -run smoothly. In designing the wings every detail was taken into -consideration to insure good flying. - -[Illustration: Model by Edward Willard Dart] - -The main wing has a spread of 58″ and 7″ in chord. The elevator -measures 23″ in spread and 6″ in chord. In the construction of both -wings bamboo ribs are used, the frames being covered over with China -silk and coated with celluloid solution. The main wing is made in two -sections to facilitate quick adjustment to the fuselage. - - - THE MCMAHON COMPRESSED AIR DRIVEN MONOPLANE - -One of the latest developments in the field of model flying is the -McMahon compressed air driven monoplane. This model was built to be -used as either a tractor or pusher, but in view of its ability to -balance more easily as a pusher most of the experiments have been -carried out on this machine as a pusher. The machine in itself is -simple and inexpensive to construct, the chief portion of the expense -being involved in the making of the engine. By using the machine as a -pusher a great deal of protection is afforded both the propeller and -engine, and this protection helps to avoid damaging the propeller or -engine, which would mean an additional expenditure for repairs, thus -minimizing the cost of flying the model. - -The frame has been made to accommodate both the tank and engine, and -this is done by using two 30″ strips of spruce, each ¹⁄₄″ wide by ³⁄₈″ -deep, laid side by side, a distance of three inches apart, up to within -10″ of the front, as shown in the accompanying photograph. No braces -are used on the frame, as the tank, when securely fastened between the -frame, acts in that capacity. - -The wings are made in two sections, each section measuring 24″ in span -by 8″ in chord, consisting of two main spars, ³⁄₁₆″ in diameter, one -for the entering edge and one for the trailing edge. To these edges, at -a distance of three inches apart, are attached bamboo ribs, 18 in all, -each measuring 8″ in length by ¹⁄₈″ in width by ¹⁄₁₆″ thick. The wings -are round at the tips, and have a camber of approximately one-half -inch, but they are not set at an angle of incidence. Light China silk -is used for covering and after being glued over the top of the wing -frame is given two coats of dope to shrink and fill the pores of the -fabric. A good “dope” for the purpose can be made from celluloid -dissolved in banana oil. The wing sections are attached to the frame -and braced by light wire. The forward wing or “elevator” is made in the -same manner as the main wing, but should measure only 18″ × 3″. Instead -of being made in two sections as the main wing, the forward wing is -made in one piece. - -The chassis is made by forming two V struts from strong steel wire -sufficiently large enough so that when they are attached to the frame -of the model the forward part will be 9″ above the ground. One V strut -is securely fastened to either side of the frame, at a distance of 8″ -from the front. A 7″ axle is fastened to the ends of these struts. On -the axle are mounted two light wheels, each about 2″ in diameter. The -chassis is braced by light piano wire. - -The rear skid is made in the same manner as the forward skid, only -that the ends of the struts are brought together and a wheel 1 inch in -diameter is mounted at the bottom ends by means of a short axle. The -struts are not more than 7¹⁄₂″ long, thus allowing a slight angle to -the machine when it is resting upon the ground. - -[Illustration: John McMahon and his compressed air driven monoplane] - -[Illustration: Frank Schober preparing his model for flight. Gauge to -determine pressure of air may be seen in photograph] - -The machine complete does not weigh over 7 ounces. The power plant -used in connection with this model is of the two cylinder opposed -engine type, with tank such as has just been described in the foregoing -chapter. - -The tank is mounted in the frame by drilling a ¹⁄₁₆″ hole through -either end of the tank, through which a drill rod of this diameter can -be inserted. About ³⁄₄ths of the drill rod should extend out on each -side of the tank, to permit the fastening of the tank to the frame -side members. This method of mounting the tank serves two purposes to -a satisfactory degree. First, it permits secure fastening; second, as -the rods are passed through the side and cap of the tank they help -materially in preventing the caps from being blown off in the event of -excessive pressure. - - - THE MCMAHON COMPRESSED AIR DRIVEN BIPLANE - -In the McMahon model we find a very satisfactory type of compressed -air driven model. On several occasions this model has made flights of -over 200 feet with a duration of between 10 and 15 seconds, and the -indications are that by the use of a more powerful engine the model can -be made to fly a greater distance, with a corresponding increase of -duration. The engine used in connection with the model is of the two -cylinder opposed type, such as described in the foregoing paragraphs. -The tank, however, is somewhat different in design from that just -described, it having been made of 28 gauge sheet bronze, riveted every -one-half inch. The two long bolts that hold the steel caps on either -end of the tank also serve as attachments for the spars that hold the -tank to the engine bed, as shown in diagram 17. The tank has been -satisfactorily charged to a pressure of 200 lbs. per square inch, but -only a pressure of 150 lbs. is necessary to operate the engine. The -tank measures 10″ in length by 3″ in diameter and weighs 7 ounces. - -The wings of this machine are single surfaced and covered with fiber -paper. The top wing measures 42″ in span by 6″ in chord. The lower -wing is 24″ by 6″. The wings have a total surface of 396 square inches -and are built up of two ³⁄₁₆″ dowel sticks, flattened to streamline -shape. Only two sets of uprights separate the wings, thus adding to the -streamline appearance of the machine. - -Both tail and rudder are double surfaced and are built entirely of -bamboo for lightness, the tail being made in the form of a half circle -measuring 12″ by 8″. Steel wire is used on the construction of the -landing chassis, the chassis being so designed as to render it capable -of withstanding the most violent shock that it may possibly receive -in landing. The propeller used in connection with the model is 14″ in -diameter and has an approximate pitch of 18″. - -[Illustration: Diagram 17] - - - - - COMPRESSED AIR ENGINES - - - THE WISE COMPRESSED AIR ENGINE - -Although of peculiar construction, the Wise rotary compressed air -engine offers a very interesting design from a viewpoint of ingenuity. -This engine embodies a number of novel features not hitherto employed -in the construction of compressed air engines, and in view of the fact -that the majority of compressed air engines are made on the principle -of the opposed type, this engine suggests many possibilities for the -rotary type engine. - -The engine consists of five cylinders and weighs four ounces, including -the propeller and mounting frame. On a pressure of 15 lbs. the engine -will revolve at a speed of 1000 r.p.m. The connecting rods are fastened -to the crankshaft by means of segments and are held by two rings, -making it possible to remove any one piston without disturbing the -others. This is done by simply removing a nut and one ring. The crank -case is made from seamless brass tubing, into which the cylinders are -brazed. The valve cage and cylinder heads are also turned separately -and brazed. One ring only is used in connection with the pistons. The -cylinders have a bore of ¹¹⁄₃₂″, with a piston stroke of ⁷⁄₁₆″. In -view of the fact that pull rods show a greater tendency to overcome -centrifugal force, they are used instead of push rods to operate the -valves. The crankshaft has but one post, which is uncovered in turn by -each inlet pipe as the engine revolves. The “overhang” method is used -to mount this engine to the model. With the exception of the valve -springs, the entire engine, including the mounting frame and tank, is -made of brass. - -[Illustration: Wise five cylinder rotary compressed air engine] - - - THE SCHOBER-FUNK COMPRESSED AIR ENGINE - -Two of the most enthusiastic advocates of the compressed air engine -for use in model aëroplanes are Messrs. Frank Schober and Rudolph -Funk, both members of the Aëro Science Club. For a number of months -both these gentlemen have experimented with compressed air engines of -various designs, until they finally produced what is perhaps one of -the most satisfactory rotary engines now in use, from a standpoint of -simplicity and results. - -[Illustration: Schober-Funk three cylinder rotary engine] - -As can be seen from the accompanying illustration, this little -engine is remarkably simple in appearance. The engine complete, with -equipment, weighs at the most but 14 ounces. The cylinders, three in -all, are stamped from brass shells for strength and lightness. The -pistons are made from ebony fiber. The cylinders have a bore of ⁵⁄₈″, -with a piston stroke of ¹⁄₂″. The crank case is built up from a small -piece of brass tubing and is drilled out for lightness. The crankshaft -is hollow, and is supported at the rear by a special bearing which -acts as a rotary valve, admitting the intake through the crankshaft -and permitting the exhaust to escape through a specially constructed -bearing. - -The tank is constructed of 30 gauge sheet bronze, wire wound, and -fitted at the ends with spun brass caps. The actual weight of the -engine alone is 2¹⁄₂ ounces, the tank and fittings weighing 11¹⁄₂ -ounces, making the total weight of the complete power plant 14 ounces. - - - THE SCHOBER FOUR CYLINDER OPPOSED ENGINE - -Another interesting type of compressed air engine that has been -developed in America is the Schober four cylinder opposed engine. -While this engine is different in appearance from most compressed air -engines, it has been made to work satisfactorily and is consistent with -the same high class construction that is displayed in most all of Mr. -Schober’s engines. The accompanying diagram 18 illustrates the method -of operation of the four cylinder engine. - -[Illustration: Diagram 18] - -The crank case is constructed from four pieces of 24 gauge spring -brass, substantially connected in the form of a rectangle, the top and -bottom being left open. The front and rear walls have flanges which -engage the inside of the side walls and are secured thereto by four -small screws on each side, thereby making it an easy matter to take the -crank case apart. - -The four cylinders are made from drawn brass shells and have a bore of -¹⁄₂″ and stroke of ¹⁄₂″. The pistons are made of solid red fiber. The -two-throw crankshaft is built up of steel with brass webs. The bearings -are of steel. The valves, being overhead, are driven by a gear mounted -at the end of the crankshaft, the gear driving the valve shaft by means -of a gear on that shaft, with which the crankshaft gear meshes. The -valve arrangement, as shown in diagram 18, consists of four recesses -cut into the valve shaft, two of which allow the air to pass from the -inlet pipes, which lead into the valve chamber at the center of same, -to two of the cylinders at once, while the other two recesses allow the -exhaust to pass from openings in the sides of the valve chamber. - -The cylinders are secured to the side plates of the crank case so -that when those side plates are removed, the cylinders are removed with -them. The pipes are detachable at their centers; small pipes running to -the heads of the cylinders extending into the larger pipes which run -to the valve chamber. This arrangement is shown in the end view of the -engine. A 17″ propeller is used in connection with this engine. - - - - - GASOLINE ENGINES - - - THE JOPSON 1 H. P. GASOLINE ENGINE - FOR MODEL AËROPLANES - -During the past few years several attempts have been made, both in this -country and abroad, to produce a reliable gasoline engine for model -aëroplane work, but mostly without any degree of success. The reason -for this inability, no doubt, is due to the scarcity of small working -parts sufficiently light and at the same time reliable. The engine -described herewith, designed by Mr. W. G. Jopson, a member of the -Manchester Aëro Club, England, is one of the few that have been made to -work satisfactorily. - -[Illustration] - -[Illustration: The interesting horizontal-opposed Jopson gasoline -engine for model aëroplanes. The top photograph shows the half-speed -shaft and the arrangement of the valve mechanism. This engine is -air cooled, develops 1 h.p. at 1,500 r.p.m., and weighs 7¹⁄₂ lbs., -including gasoline tank and propeller. The bottom view shows the engine -with propeller _in situ_. Courtesy _Flight_.] - -As the accompanying diagrams 19 and 20 and photograph show, the engine -is of the four-cycle, horizontal opposed type, having two cast-iron -cylinders of 1¹⁄₄″ bore and 1³⁄₈″ stroke. Each cylinder is cast in -one piece, and as the engine is air cooled, they are cast with -radiating fins. One h.p. is developed at 1500 r.p.m. The total weight -of the engine, gasoline tank and propeller is 7¹⁄₂ lbs. In preparing -the design of this engine, the designs of similar full-sized aëro -engines were followed as far as possible. The pistons are similar to -those used on large aëro engines and are fitted with two rings; the -crankshaft is turned out of two inch special bar steel, and is carried -in two phosphor-bronze bearings. There is no special feature about the -connecting rods, these being of the standard type, but very strong and -light. To enable the two cylinders to be exactly opposite one another, -the connecting-rods are offset in the pistons and are connected to -the latter by gudgeonpins. The aluminum crank case is extremely -simple, being cylindrical and vertically divided. The inlet valves are -automatic, the exhaust valves being mechanically operated; the camshaft -is driven from the main shaft by two-to-one gearing. - -[Illustration: Diagram 19 - - Sectional elevation of the 1 h.p. Jopson gasoline engine for - models. The disposition of the gasoline tank and wick carburettor - is particularly noteworthy. It will be seen that metal journals are - provided for the crankshaft, which is turned out of 2-inch bar steel. - Courtesy _Flight_.] - -To assist the exhaust, and also the cooling, small holes are drilled -round the cylinder in such a position that when the piston is at the -inner end of its stroke, these holes are uncovered, thus permitting -the hot exhaust to escape, and so relieve the amount passing through -the exhaust valves. The commutator is also driven off the camshaft, as -shown in the drawing. No distributor is fitted to the commutator, as -small ones are somewhat troublesome and very light coils are obtainable -at a reasonable price. - -The gasoline tank is made of copper in streamline form, and is usually -fitted to the back of the crankcase, thus reducing the head resistance, -but if desired it can be fitted in any other position. The action of -the carburetor can be easily seen from the drawings; it is of the -surface type and much simpler, lighter and quite as efficient as the -spray type. Specially light and simple spark plugs are used, that give -very little trouble. The propeller used in connection with this engine -is somewhat out of the ordinary, having been specially designed for -this engine, and patented. The propeller is made entirely of aluminum -and has a variable pitch, this being easily obtainable, as the blades -are graduated so that any desired pitch, within certain limits, may be -given at once. The results of a series of tests on a 30 inch propeller -are shown on the accompanying chart, and from it the thrust as certain -speeds with a certain pitch can be obtained. Taking the engine running -at 1540 r.p.m. with a pitch of 15″, the thrust comes out at 9¹⁄₂ lbs., -or more than the weight of the engine and accessories. - -[Illustration: Diagram 20 - - Diagram of results obtained from tests of the 1 h.p. Jopson model - gasoline engine, showing the thrust in pounds at varying speeds with - propellers of different pitch. Courtesy _Flight_.] - - - THE MIDGET AËRO GASOLINE ENGINE - -Although numerous model constructors in America are experimenting with -model gasoline engines, the Midget Gasoline Engine, the product of -the Aëro Engine Company, Boston, Massachusetts, is perhaps the most -satisfactory up to the present time. An engine of this type was used by -Mr. P. C. McCutchen of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in his 8 foot Voisin -Type Biplane Model, for which he claims a number of satisfactory -flights. - -The engine is made from the best iron, steel, aluminum and bronze and -the complete weight including a special carburetor, spark plug and -spark coil is 2¹⁄₂ lbs. From the top of the cylinder head to the bottom -of the crank case the engine measures 7″. It is possible to obtain from -this engine various speeds from 400 to 2700 r.p.m., at which speed it -develops ¹⁄₂ h.p. The propeller used in connection with this engine -measures 18″ in diameter and has a 13″ pitch. - -[Illustration: The Midget ¹⁄₂ H. P. gasoline engine] - -It might be of interest to know that one of the parties responsible -for the development of this engine is Mr. H. W. Aitken, a former model -maker and who is now connected with one of the largest aëro engine -manufacturing companies in America. - - - - - STEAM POWER PLANTS - - -Aside from the compressed air engine there is the steam driven -engine which has been used abroad to considerable degree of success. -Owing to the difficulty in constructing and operating a steam driven -engine, very few model flyers in America have devoted any attention -to the development of this engine as a means of propulsion for model -aëroplanes. But irrespective of the limitations of the steam engine -a great deal of experimentation has been carried on in England, and -without doubt it will soon be experimented with in America. - - - H. H. GROVES STEAM POWER PLANTS - -Perhaps one of the most successful steam power plants to have been -designed since the development of the Langley steam driven model, is -the Groves type of steam power plant, designed by Mr. H. H. Groves, of -England. On one occasion several flights were made with a model driven -by a small steam engine of the Groves type weighing 3 lbs. The model -proved itself capable of rising from the ground under its own power and -when launched it flew a distance of 450 feet. This is not a long flight -when compared with the flight made by Prof. Langley’s steam driven -model on November 28, 1896, of three-quarters of a mile in 1 minute and -45 seconds, but the size of the models and also that Mr. Groves’ model -only made a duration of 30 seconds, must be considered. The model was -loaded 12 ounces to the square foot and had a soaring velocity of some -20 m.p.h. The total weight of the power plant was 1¹⁄₂ lbs. Propeller -thrust 10 to 12 ounces. The total weight of the model was 48 ounces. -The type of steam plant used in connection with this model was of the -flash boiler, pressure fed type, with benzoline for fuel. - -Mr. Groves has done considerable experimenting with the steam driven -type power plant. Many of the designs used in the construction of -steam plants for models are taken from his designs. A Groves steam -power plant is employed in one of Mr. V. E. Johnson’s (Model Editor -of _Flight_) model hydroaëroplanes, the first power-driven, or -“mechanically driven” model hydroaëroplane (so far as can be learned) -to rise from the surface of the water under its own power. This model -has a total weight of 3 lbs. 4 ounces. - - - G. HARRIS’S STEAM ENGINE - -Another advocate of the steam driven type model is Mr. G. Harris, also -of England. Several good flights were made by Mr. Harris with his -pusher type monoplane equipped with a steam driven engine. As a result -of his experiments he concluded that mushroom valves with a lift of -¹⁄₆₄ part of an inch were best, used in connection with the pump, and -at least 12 feet of steel tubing should be used for boiler coils. The -first power plant constructed by Mr. Harris contained a boiler coil 8 -feet long, but after he had replaced this coil with one 12 feet long, -irrespective of the fact that the extra length of tube weighed a couple -of ounces, the thrust was increased by nearly a half pound. - -[Illustration: An English steam power plant for model aëroplanes. -Courtesy _Flight_.] - -[Illustration: Model hydroaëroplane owned by V. E. Johnson, Model -Editor of _Flight_, England, equipped with an H. H. Groves steam power -plant. This model is the first power driven—as far as can be learned—to -rise from the surface of the water under its own power. Courtesy -_Flight_.] - -The principal parts used in Mr. Harris’s steam power plant was an -engine of the H. H. Groves type, twin cylinder, ⁷⁄₈″ bore with a piston -stroke of ¹⁄₂″. The boiler was made from 12″ of ³⁄₁₆″ × 20″ G. steel -tubing, weighing 10.5 ounces. The blow lamp consisted of a steel tube, -⁵⁄₃₂″ × 22″ G. wound round a carbide carrier for a nozzle. The tank was -made of brass ⁵⁄₁₀₀₀″ thick. The pump, ⁷⁄₃₂″ bore, stroke variable to -¹⁄₂″, fitted with two non-return valves (mushroom type) and was geared -down from the engine 4.5 to 1. - - - PROFESSOR LANGLEY’S STEAM ENGINE - -The Langley steam driven model, of which so much has been said, and -which on one occasion flew a distance of one-half mile in 90 seconds, -had a total weight of 30 lbs., the engine and generating plant -constituting one-quarter of this weight. The weight of the complete -plant worked out to 7 lbs. per h.p. The engine developed from 1 to 1¹⁄₂ -h.p. A flash type boiler was used, with a steam pressure of from 150 -to 200 lbs., the coils having been made of copper. A modified naphtha -blow-torch, such as is used by plumbers, was used to eject a blast or -flame about 2000 Fahrenheit through the center of this coil. A pump was -used for circulation purposes. With the best mechanical assistance that -could be obtained at that date, it took Professor Langley one year to -construct the model. - - - FRENCH EXPERIMENTS WITH STEAM POWER PLANTS - -About ten months after Langley’s results, some experiments were carried -out by the French at Carquenez, near Toulon. The model used for the -experiments weighed in total 70 lbs., the engine developing more than -1 h.p. As in the Langley case, twin propellers were used, but instead -of being mounted side by side, they were mounted one in front and the -other behind. The result of these experiments compared very poorly with -Langley’s. A flight of only 462 feet was made, with a duration of a few -seconds. The maximum velocity is stated to have been 40 m.p.h. The span -of this model was a little more than 6 meters, or about 19 feet, with a -surface of more than 8 square meters, or about 80 square feet. - -[Illustration: An English hydroaëroplane of tractor design equipped -with steam power plant. Courtesy _Flight_.] - -[Illustration: On the left an English 10 oz. Compressed air driven -biplane. On the right, the engine shown fitted with a simple speedometer -for experimental purposes. Courtesy _Flight_.] - - - - - CARBONIC GAS ENGINE - - -The six-cylinder carbonic gas engine described herewith is the product -of Mr. Henry Rompel, Kansas City, Missouri. - -This is perhaps one of the most interesting of its kind to have been -developed during 1916, and its appearance in the model aëroplane field -adds weight to the claim that mechanical engines will soon replace the -rubber strand as motive power for model aëroplanes. - -Mr. Rompel’s engine is of rotary, carbonic gas type, having six -cylinders, a bore of ⁵⁄₈″ and a stroke of ³⁄₄″. - -The intake is derived through a rotary valve which also acts as a crank -shaft bearing, thereby saving weight. - -The exhaust is accomplished by mechanically operated valves situated in -the heads of the cylinders being opened by the aid of rocker arms and -push rods, which gain their timing from a cam placed on the crankshaft. - -To save weight in construction the crankshaft, connecting rods, pistons -and cylinders were made of telescopic tubing with a side wall of one -thirty-second of an inch or less in thickness. - -The engine has a swing of 5¹⁄₂″ over all, weighs a little less than 8 -ounces complete, and is operated on 1,500 pounds pressure (carbonic -gas) and at a speed of 3,500 to 3,700 r.p.m. will develop about 1 horse -power. While spinning a 17″ propeller with a pitch of 20 inches it will -deliver a thrust of 21 ounces, and has a duration of 40 seconds. Two -hundred and fifty-six pieces were embodied in its construction. - -[Illustration: The Rompel six-cylinder carbonic gas engine] - - - - - THE FORMATION OF MODEL CLUBS - - -To form a model aëroplane club at least six interested persons are -necessary. As soon as a place in which to hold meetings has been -decided upon the club should proceed to elect a director whose duty -should be to manage the affairs of the club. One of the first things -to be considered is the name under which the club will operate; the -custom is usually to adopt the name of the town or city in which the -club is located, viz.: Concord Model Aëro Club, Concord, Massachusetts, -although it is the privilege of the majority of the members to choose -a name such as they might feel will best benefit the purpose for which -the club was organized. As in the case of the Aëro Science Club of -America, this club was formed for the purpose of stimulating interest -in model aëronautics and to help those who might become interested -therein, not only in New York City but throughout the entire United -States. - -When the matter of name and place has been settled the club should -decide upon the course it is to follow, first by electing OFFICERS and -second by preparing a CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS. In the case of clubs -whose membership does not comprise more than six members, it does not -seem desirable to have more than one officer, namely, a DIRECTOR, who -might perform the duties of a president, treasurer and secretary until -the club has reached a larger membership. In this way the members are -enabled to concentrate upon the construction and flying of models -and to engage in such other activities as to carry out the purpose -for which the club was organized. However, the foregoing is merely a -suggestion on the part of the writer, who by the way is a member of -the Aëro Science Club of America and formerly acted in the capacity of -secretary to that club. - -Clubs whose membership totals more than twelve, however, should proceed -to elect a President, Treasurer and Secretary, all of whom must receive -a vote of at least two-thirds of the membership. With clubs of this -size a director is not needed as the affairs of the club are usually -entrusted with the governing officers, the President, Treasurer and -Secretary. In as much as the constitution and by-laws are an important -factor in the affairs of any model club, the governing officers, -before mentioned, should hold a private meeting at the earliest -moment whereat to frame a constitution and set of by-laws embodying -the purposes and policy of the club. When the proposed constitution -and by-laws are completed they should be presented to the members for -approval after which a copy should be given to every member. - -The following is a specimen of constitution and by-laws that might be -used by any person or persons desiring to form a Model Aëro Club: - - - CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS OF A MODEL - AËROPLANE CLUB - -ARTICLE 1. NAME. The name of this club will be known as The .......... -Model Aëro Club. - -PURPOSE. The object of this club shall be to study and increase the -interest in the science of aëronautics in every way possible and to -realize this object, shall construct and fly model aëroplanes, gliders -and man carrying machines. - -FURTHER, Contests shall be held for model aëroplanes and prizes awarded -to the winners thereof. And as a further step in the advancement of -this art, meetings, lectures, discussions, debates and exhibitions will -be held. - -ARTICLE 2. MEMBERSHIP. Any person may become a member of this club -provided his application receives the unanimous approval of the -majority of members, or is passed upon by the membership committee. -A member may resign his membership by written communication to the -secretary who shall present it to the membership committee to be passed -upon. - -ARTICLE 3. OFFICERS. The officers of this organization shall be a -President, Vice-president, Secretary and Treasurer and a board of -governors to consist of said officers. The president and vice-president -shall constitute the executive committee of the board of governors, -with full powers to act for them in the affairs of the club. The -election of officers shall take place at the first meeting held during -the month of .......... of each year and shall hold office for one -year. In the event of a vacancy in the office of the President the -Vice-president or next highest officer present shall preside. Any -other vacancy shall be filled by an officer temporarily appointed by -the President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the -club and of the board of governors, and shall perform such other -duties as usually pertain to that office. The President shall have -full authority to appoint committees or boards as may be necessary to -further the interests of the club. - -The Secretary shall keep a record of all meetings of the club, board of -governors and committees and shall use the seal of the club as may be -directed by the executive committee. Further, he shall issue notices -to officers and members of all special meetings and perform such other -duties as may be assigned him by the constitution, by the club or by -the board of governors. - -The Treasurer shall have charge of the funds of the club, receive -all moneys, fees, dues, etc.; pay all bills approved by the board of -governors, and preserve all proper vouchers for such disbursements. - - - RULES FOR CONTESTS - -We now come to the matter of contests. As there are many different -types of models so must there be rules to correspond to avoid -misunderstandings, and until the club has reached the stage where -it may decide upon a particular set of rules under which its members -should participate perhaps the following set of rules, applicable to -contests for hand launched models, can be adopted. In so far as there -are different rules for different contests, namely, hand launched, R. -O. G. and R. O. W. and mechanical driven, the following rules are used -only in connection with contests for hand launched models; rules for -other contests follow: - - - RULES - -A contest to be official must have at least five contestants. - -Each contestant must abide by the rules of the contest and decision of -the judges. - -Each contestant must register his name, age, and address before the -event. - -Each contestant must enter and fly models made by himself only. - -Trials to start from a given point indicated by the starter of the -trials, and distance to be measured in a straight line from the -starting point to where the model first touches the ground, regardless -of the curves or circles it may have made. Each contestant must have -his models marked with his name and number of his models (1, 2, 3, -etc.), and each model will be entitled to three official trials. -Contestant has the privilege of changing the planes and propellers as -he may see fit, everything to be of his own construction, but only -three frames can be used in any contest. If in the opinion of the board -of judges there are too many entries to give each one nine flights in -the length of time fixed, the judges have the power to change that part -of rule No. 6 to the following: - -“Six flights or less, as circumstances may require, will be allowed to -each contestant, which can be made with one model or any one of three -entered; all of his own construction; due notice must be given to each -contestant of the change.” - -No trial is considered as official unless the model flies over 100 feet -from the starting point. (The qualifying distance can be changed by -agreement between the club and the starter provided the entrants are -notified.) Should the rubber become detached from the model, or the -propeller drop off during the trial, the trial is counted as official, -provided the model has covered the qualifying distance. No matter what -may happen to the model after it has covered the qualifying distance -the flight is official. Contests should cover a period of three hours, -unless otherwise agreed. - -No contestant shall use the model of another contestant, although the -former may have made it himself. - -The officials should be: a starter, measurer, judge and scorer; also -three or four guards to keep starting point and course clear. The first -three officials shall, as board of judges, decide all questions and -disputes. A space 25 feet square (with stakes and ropes) should be -measured off for officials and contestants, together with an assistant -for each contestant. All others must be kept out by the guards and a -space kept clear (at least 25 feet) in front of the starting point, so -a contestant will not be impeded in making his trial. - -Each official should wear a badge, ribbon or arm band designating his -office, and must be upheld in his duties. - - - HANDICAPS - -At the discretion of the club there may be imposed a handicap for club -events as follows: A contestant in order to win must exceed his last -record with which he won a prize. - - - COMBINATION AND DURATION EVENTS - -First, second and third records to count. Lowest number of points to -win. For example: - - A may have 1st in distance and 2nd in duration, 3 total points. - - B may have 3rd in distance and 1st in duration, 4 total points. - - C may have 2nd in distance and 3rd in duration, 5 total points. - -Accordingly A wins. - - - R. O. G. CONTESTS - - (Rising from the Ground) - -Models to be set on the ground and allowed to start off without any -effort on the part of the contestant. Models should rise from the -ground before reaching a predetermined mark, no flight to be considered -unless it does so. Contestant may start at any length back from the -mark, but the distance is to be measured only from the mark. - - - MECHANICALLY DRIVEN MODEL CONTESTS - -For duration, or distance, contests for mechanically driven models -might be held under the same ruling that applies to R. O. G. models. -But owing to the many types of engines used in mechanically driven -models, definite rules for the holding of such a contest must be left -to the discretion of the club or contestants. - - - EVENTS OPEN TO ALL - -These events are open to all, with no handicaps to be imposed on either -club members or others. - - - INTER-CLUB MODEL AËROPLANE TOURNAMENTS - - (Prizes to be determined by contesting clubs) - -The tournament to consist of five events as follows: - - Duration: Models launched from hand. - - Distance: Models launched from hand. - - Duration: Models launched from ground. R. O. G. - - Distance: Models launched from ground. R. O. G. - - Duration: Models launched from water. R. O. W. - -Dates for inter-club contest should be arranged for at least three -weeks prior to date of first contest, to allow ample time for the -construction of special models and elimination trials. - -In event of inclement weather the contest to take place the week -following (each contest following to be set one week ahead), or at any -time that may be determined by a committee appointed by the contesting -clubs. - -Each competing club must be represented by a team of three contestants -and one non-competitor, who will act as judge in conjunction with the -judges from the other clubs, and a manager selected by the judges who -will supervise over the entire tournament and issue calls for meetings. -(Substitutes should also be selected for any possible vacancy.) - -Meetings of the judges of the competing clubs should be held at some -designated place, at which time dates and general details shall be -arranged, and between events there should be a meeting called, for -general discussion regarding the recent event, receive protests and -suggestions and to announce officially the result of the contest. - -The manager shall have control of the various events, assisted by the -judges and they shall decide all disputes that may arise, and act as -scorers and timers, as well. - -Each flyer will be allowed but one model and shall be entitled to three -official flights, but he shall be permitted to make any repairs or -replace any broken parts. No contestant shall be privileged to fly a -model not of his own construction. Each event shall close when all the -contestants have made three official flights, or when three hours’ time -has elapsed. - - - - - WORLD’S MODEL FLYING RECORDS - - - (TWIN PROPELLER PUSHER TYPE MODELS) - - MONOPLANE - - Year 1917. Ward Pease (America), rise off ground, distance - 3364 feet. - - Year 1916. Thomas Hall (America), hand launched, distance - 5537 feet. - - Year 1917. Donovan Lathrop (America), hand launched, - duration 5 minutes. - - Year 1917. Emil Laird (America), 18 inch type model, - distance 750 feet. - - Year 1915. Wallace A. Lauder (America), hand launched, - distance 3537 feet. - - Year 1915. Wallace A. Lauder (America), hand launched, - duration 195 seconds. - - Year 1914. Fred Watkins (America), rise off ground, - distance 1761 feet. - - Year 1914. J. E. Louch (England), rise off ground, duration - 169 seconds. - - Year 1915. E. C. Cook (America), rise off water, duration - 100 seconds. - - - (TWIN PROPELLER TRACTOR TYPE) - - MONOPLANE - - Year 1913. Harry Herzog (America), rise off water, duration - 28 seconds. - - - (TWIN PROPELLER PUSHER TYPE) - - BIPLANE - - Year 1915. A. H. Wheeler (America), rise off ground, - duration 143 seconds. - - - (SINGLE PROPELLER PUSHER TYPE) - - MONOPLANE - - Year 1914. J. E. Louch (England), hand launched, duration - 95 seconds. - - Year 1914. W. E. Evans (England), rise from ground, - distance 870 feet. - - Year 1914. J. E. Louch (England), rise from ground, - duration 68 seconds. - - Year 1914. L. H. Slatter (England), rise from water, - duration 35 seconds. - - - (SINGLE PROPELLER TRACTOR TYPE) - - MONOPLANE - - Year 1915. D. Lathrop (America), hand launched, distance - 1039 feet. - - Year 1915. D. Lathrop (America), hand launched, duration - 240 seconds. - - Year 1914. C. D. Dutton (England), rise from ground, - distance 570 feet. - - Year 1914. J. E. Louch (England), rise from ground, - duration 94 seconds. - - Year 1915. L. Hittle (America), rise from water, duration - 116 seconds. - - - (SINGLE PROPELLER TRACTOR TYPE) - - BIPLANE - - Year 1915. Laird Hall (American), rise from ground, - duration 76 seconds. - - - (FLYING BOAT TYPE) - - MONOPLANE - - Year 1915. Robert La Tour (America), rise from water, - duration 43 seconds. - - - (FLYING BOAT TYPE) - - BIPLANE - - Year 1914. C. V. Obst (America), rise from water, duration - 27 seconds. - - - (MECHANICAL DRIVEN MODEL) - - Year 1914. D. Stanger (England), rise from ground, duration - 51 seconds. - - (All British records are quoted from _Flight_) - - - - - DICTIONARY OF AËRONAUTICAL TERMS - - - A - - AËRODROME—A tract of land selected for flying purposes. - - AËRODYNAMICS—The science of Aviation, literally the study of the - influence of air in motion. - - AËROFOIL—A flat or flexed plane which lends support to an - aëroplane. - - AËRONAUT—One engaged in navigating the air. - - AËRONAUTICS—The science of navigating the air. - - AËROPLANE—A heavier than air machine supported by one or more - fixed wings or planes. - - AËROSTATICS—The science of aërostation, or of buoyancy caused by - displacement, ballooning. - - AËROSTATION—The science of lighter than air or gas-borne machines. - - AILERON—The outer edge or tip of a wing, usually adjustable, used - to balance or stabilize. - - AIRSHIP—Commonly used to denote both heavier and lighter than air - machines; correctly a dirigible balloon. - - ANGLE OF INCIDENCE—The angle of the wing with the line of travel. - - AREA—In the case of wings, the extent of surface measured on - both the upper and lower sides. An area of one square foot - comprises the actual surface of two square feet. - - ASPECT RATIO—The proportion of the chord to the span of a wing. - For example if the wing has a span of 30 inches and a chord - of 6 inches the - span - aspect ratio will be 5 or ————— - chord. - - AUTOMATIC STABILITY—Stability secured by fins, the angle of the - wings and similar devices. - - AVIATOR—One engaged in Aviation. - - AVIATION—The science of heavier than air machines. - - ANGLE OF BLADE—The angle of the blade of a propeller to the axis - of the shaft. - - - B - - BALANCER—A plane or other part intended for lateral equilibrium. - - BEARING BLOCK—Used in connection with the mounting of propellers - on model aëroplanes. Made from wood and metal. - - BRACE—Strip of bamboo or other material used to join together the - frame side members. Also used in joining other parts of a - model. - - BIPLANE—An aëroplane or model aëroplane with two wings superposed. - - BODY—The main framework supporting the wing or wings and the - machinery. - - BANKING—The lateral tilting of an aëroplane when taking a turn. - - - C - - CAMBER—The rise of the curved contour of an arched surface above - the Chord Line. - - CENTER OF GRAVITY—The point at which the aëroplane balances. - - CENTER OF PRESSURE—The imaginary line beneath the wing at which - the pressure balances. - - CHASSIS (CARRIAGE)—The part on which the main body of an - aëroplane or model aëroplane is supported on land or water. - - CHORD—The distance between the entering and trailing edges of a - wing. - - - D - - DECK—The main surface of a biplane or multiplane. - - DIRECTIONAL CONTROL—The ability to determine the direction of the - flight of an aëroplane. - - DIRIGIBLE—A balloon driven by power. - - DOPE—A coating for wings. - - DOWN WIND—With the wind. - - DRIFT—The resistance of the wing to the forward movement. - - DIHEDRAL ANGLE—The inclination of the wings to each other usually - bent up from the center in the form of a flat V. - - - E - - ELEVATOR—The plane or wing intended to control the vertical - flight of the machine. - - ENGINE—A contrivance for generating driving power. - - ENGINE BASE—Main stick used for frame of single stick model. - - ENGINEER—One who controls the power, driving the machinery. - - ENTERING EDGE _or_ LEADING EDGE—Front edge or edge of the surface - upon which the air impinges. - - EQUILIBRATOR—A plane or other contrivance which makes for - stability. - - - F - - FIN—A fixed vertical plane. - - FLEXED—A wing is said to be flexed when it curves upward forming - an arc of a circle. - - FLYING STICK—Name applied to ordinary A type and single stick - models. - - FLYING MACHINE—Literally a form of lighter than air craft; a - gas-borne airship. - - FLYING BOAT—A hull or large float used in connection with an - aëroplane to enable its rising from and alighting upon the - surface of the water. - - FRAME—A single or double stick structure to which all parts of - a model are attached. Three or more sticks are sometimes - employed in the construction of a frame. However, the usual - number is two, joined together in the form of letter “A.” - - FRAME HOOKS—The looped ends of a piece of wire attached to the - point of the frame to accommodate the S hooks attached to the - rubber strands. - - FRAME SIDE MEMBERS—Two main sticks of an A type frame. - - FUSELAGE—The body or framework of an aëroplane. - - - G - - GLIDER—An aëroplane without motive power. - - GUY—A brace, usually a wire or cord used for tuning up the - aëroplane. - - GROSS WEIGHT—The weight of the aircraft, comprising fuel, - lubricating oils and the pilot. - - GYROSCOPE—A rotating mechanism for maintaining equilibrium. - - GAP—The vertical distance between the superposed wings. - - - H - - HANGAR—A shed for housing an aëroplane. - - HARBOR—A shelter for aircraft. - - HEAVIER THAN AIR—A machine weighing more than the air it - displaces. - - HELICOPTER—A flying machine in which propellers are utilized to - give a lifting effect by their own direct action on the air. - In aviation the term implies that the screw exerts a direct - lift. - - HELMSMAN—One in charge of the steering device. - - HYDROAËROPLANE—An aëroplane with pontoons to enable its rising - from the surface of the water. Known as hydro in model - circles. - - - K - - KEEL—A vertical plane or planes arranged longitudinally either - above or below the body for the purpose of giving stability. - - - L - - LATERAL STABILITY—Stability which prevents side motion. - - LOADING—The gross weight divided by the supporting area measured - in square feet. - - LONGITUDINAL STABILITY—Stability which prevents fore and aft - motion or pitching. - - LONGERONS—Main members of the fuselage. Sometimes called - longitudinals. - - - M - - MAST—A perpendicular stick holding the stays or struts which keep - the wings rigid. - - MODEL AËROPLANE—A scale reproduction of a man-carrying machine. - - MECHANICAL POWER—A model driven by means other than rubber - strands such as compressed air, steam, gasoline, spring, - electricity and so forth is termed a mechanical driven model. - The power used is termed mechanical power. - - MOTIVE POWER—In connection with model aëroplanes a number of - rubber strands evenly strung from the propeller shaft to the - frame hooks which while unwinding furnish the necessary power - to propel the model. - - MAIN BEAM—In connection with model aëroplanes a long stick which - is secured to the under side of the wing frame at the highest - point in the curve of the ribs adding materially to the - rigidity of the wing. - - MONOPLANE—An aëroplane or heavier than air machine supported by a - single main wing which may be formed of two wings extending - from a central body. - - MULTIPLANE—An aëroplane with more than four wings superposed. - - - N - - NACELLE—The car of a dirigible balloon, literally a cradle. Also - applied to short body used in connection with aëroplanes for - the accommodation of the pilot and engine. - - NET WEIGHT—Complete weight of the machine without pilot, fuel or - oil. - - - O - - ORNITHOPTER—A flapping wing machine which has arched wings like - those of a bird. - - ORTHOGONAL—A flight maintained by flapping wings. - - OUTRIGGERS—Members which extend forward or rearward from the main - planes for the purpose of supporting the elevator or tail - planes of an aëroplane. - - - P - - PLANE—A surface or wing, either plain or flexed, employed to - support or control an aëroplane. - - PILOT—One directing an aëroplane in flight. - - PITCH—Theoretical distance covered by a propeller in making one - revolution. - - PROPELLER—The screw used for driving an aëroplane. - - PROPELLER BEARINGS—Pieces of bronze tubing or strips of metal - formed to the shape of the letter “L” used to mount - propellers. Also made from blocks of wood. - - PROPELLER BLANK—A block of wood cut to the design of a propeller. - - PROPELLER SPAR(S)—The heavy stick or sticks upon which the - bearing or bearings of a single or twin propeller model are - mounted. - - PROPELLER SHAFT—A piece of wire which is run through the hub of - the propeller and tubing in mounting the propeller. - - PYLON—Correctly, a structure housing a falling weight used for - starting an aëroplane, commonly a turning point in aëroplane - flights. - - PUSHER—An aëroplane with the propeller or propellers situated in - back of the main supporting surfaces. - - - Q - - QUADRUPLANE—An aëroplane with four wings superposed. - - - R - - RUDDER—A plane or group of planes used to steer an aëroplane. - - RUNNER—Strip beneath an aëroplane used for a skid. - - RUNNING GEAR _or_ LANDING GEAR—That portion of the chassis - consisting of the axle, wheels and shock absorber. - - RIB—Curved brace fastened to the entering and trailing edges of a - wing. - - - S - - SCALE MODEL—A miniature aëroplane exactly reproducing the - proportions of an original. - - SPAR—A mast strut or brace. - - SIDE SLIP—The tendency of an aëroplane to slide or slip sideways - when too steep banking is attempted. - - STABILITY—The power to maintain an even keel in flight. - - STARTING PLATFORM—A runway to enable an aëroplane to leave the - ground. - - SURFACE FRICTION—Resistance offered by planes or wings. - - SLIP—The difference between the distance actually traveled by a - propeller and that measured by the pitch. - - SOARING FLIGHT—A gliding movement without apparent effort. - - SUSTAINING SURFACE—Extent of the wings or planes which lend - support to an aëroplane. - - SPAN (SPREAD)—The dimension of a surface across the air stream. - - STREAMLINE—Exposing as little surface as possible to offer - resistance to air. - - SKIDS—In connection with model aëroplanes, steel wires or strips - of bamboo allowed to extend below the frame to protect the - model in landing and to permit its rising off the ground or - ice. - - S OR MOTOR HOOKS—A piece of wire bent in a double hook to - resemble the letter “S.” One end to be attached to the frame - hook, the other serving as accommodation for the rubber - strands. - - - T - - TAIL—The plane or planes, both horizontal and vertical, carried - behind the main planes. - - TANDEM—An arrangement of two planes one behind the other. - - THRUST—The power exerted by the propeller of an aëroplane. - - TENSION—The power exerted by twisted strands of rubber in - unwinding. - - TRACTOR—An aëroplane with the propeller situated before the main - supporting surfaces. - - TRIPLANE—An aëroplane with three wings superposed. - - TRAILING EDGE—The rear edge of a surface. - - TORQUE—The twisting force of a propeller tending to overturn or - swerve an aëroplane sideways. - - - U - - UP WIND—Against the wind. - - - W - - WAKE—The churned or disturbed air in the track of a moving - aëroplane. - - WASH—The movement of the air radiating from the sides of an - aëroplane in flight. - - WINGS—Planes or supporting surfaces, commonly a pair of wings - extending out from a central body. - - WINDER—An apparatus used for winding two sets of rubber strands - at the same time in opposite directions or one at a time. - Very often made from an egg beater or hand drill. - - WARPING—The springing of a wing out of its normal shape, thereby - creating a temporary difference in the extremities of the - wing which enables the wind to heel the machine back again - into balance. - - - ABREVIATIONS - - H. P. Horse Power. - R. P. M. Revolutions per minute. - H. L. Hand launched. - R. O. G. Rise off ground model. - R. O. W. Rise off water model. - M. P. H. Miles per hour. - - - THE END - - - ————————————— End of Book ————————————— - - - - - Transcriber’s Note (continued) - -Errors in punctuation have been corrected. Inconsistencies in spelling, -grammar, capitalisation, and hyphenation are as they appear in the -original publication except where noted below: - - Page 16 – “bob-sled″” changed to “bobsled″” (an ordinary bobsled) - - Page 53 – “approximately cross section” changed to “approximately - circular cross section” - - Page 55 – “run” changed to “runs” (one of which wires runs to) - - Page 83 – “ten″” changed to “10″” (10″ propeller) - - Page 105 – “five cylinder” changed to “three cylinder” (Schober-Funk - three cylinder rotary engine) [This change was made to - the illustration caption on this page and also to the - entry in the List of Illustrations that points to it.] - - Page 106 – “diagram 17” changed to “diagram 18” (The accompanying - diagram 18 illustrates) - - Page 108 – “crank-shaft” changed to “crankshaft” (The two-throw - crankshaft) - - Page 111 – “cam-shaft” changed to “camshaft” (provided for the - camshaft) - - Page 112 – “crank-shaft” changed to “crankshaft” (the crankshaft - is driven) - - Page 113 – “stream-line” changed to “streamline” (streamline form) - - Page 116 – “Bi-plane” changed to “Biplane” (Type Biplane Model) - -The prefix of AËRO/Aëro/aëro as in ‘aëroplane’, etc., is used -throughout the body text of the original publication with a few -exceptions. These latter have been changed for consistency in this -transcription. The unaccented prefix AERO/Aero/aero is now only used -in title page text. - -Incorrect entries in the Table of Contents have had their text and/or -page references changed so that they agree with the text and location -of the parts of the original publication to which they refer. - -Entries in the DICTIONARY OF AËRONAUTICAL TERMS which are not in -the correct alphabetical order have been left as they appear in the -original publication. Some minor typographical errors and spelling -mistakes have been corrected without further note. - - -*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MODEL AEROPLANES AND THEIR -ENGINES *** - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the -United States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where - you are located before using this eBook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that: - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without -widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/67852-0.zip b/old/67852-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2fe46ba..0000000 --- a/old/67852-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h.zip b/old/67852-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8a76758..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/67852-h.htm b/old/67852-h/67852-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 8757993..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/67852-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5415 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> -<head> - <meta charset="UTF-8" /> - <title> - Model Aeroplanes And Their Engines, by George A. Cavanagh—A Project Gutenberg eBook - </title> - <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover" /> - <style> /* <![CDATA[ */ - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { - text-align: center; /* all headings centered, except h3 - see below */ - clear: both; -} - -h3 { - margin-top: 2em; - text-align: center; - margin-bottom: .49em; - font-size: 100%; -} - -p { - text-indent: 1em; - margin-top: .51em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .49em; -} - -p.toc { - text-align: left; - margin-top: 0em; - margin-bottom: 0em; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -p.loi { - text-align: left; - margin-top: 0em; - margin-bottom: 0em; - padding-left: 1em; - text-indent: -1em; -} - -.p2 {margin-top: 2em;} -.p4 {margin-top: 4em;} - -.b2 {margin-bottom: 2em;} -.b4 {margin-bottom: 4em;} - -div.mt2 { margin-top: 2em; } -div.mb2 { margin-bottom: 2em; } - -.nobreak { white-space: nowrap; } - -.hanging2 { - padding-left: 2em; - text-indent: -2em; -} - -hr { - width: 33%; - margin-top: 2em; - margin-bottom: 2em; - margin-left: 33.5%; - margin-right: 33.5%; - clear: both; -} - -hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;} -@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} } - -hr.r10 {width: 10%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 45.0%; margin-right: 45.0%;} -hr.r2p5 {width: 2.5%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 48.75%; margin-right: 48.75%;} - -div.chapter {page-break-before: always;} -h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;} - -table { - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; -} - -.tdl {text-align: left;} -.tdr {text-align: right;} - -table.toc {width: 80%;} -.x-ebookmaker table.toc { - width: 90%; - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 5%; -} - -table.loi {width: 80%;} -.x-ebookmaker table.loi { - width: 90%; - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 5%; -} - -.loi .tdl { text-align: left; vertical-align: bottom; } -.loi .tdr { text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom; } - -.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ - /* visibility: hidden; */ - position: absolute; - left: 92%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; - font-style: normal; - font-weight: normal; - font-variant: normal; -} /* page numbers */ - -.center {text-align: center;} - -.right {text-align: right;} - -.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} - -.caption {font-weight: bold;} - -.no-wrap { white-space: nowrap; } - -/* Images */ - -img { - max-width: 100%; - height: auto; -} -img.w100 {width: 100%;} - -.illowe20 { width: 20em; } -.illowe25 { width: 25em; } -.illowe35 { width: 35em; } - -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; - page-break-inside: avoid; - max-width: 100%; -} - -/* Transcriber's notes */ -.transnote { - background-color: #E6E6FA; - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; - color: black; - padding: 0.5em; - margin-bottom: 5em; - font-family: sans-serif, serif; -} - -.transnote-end { - background-color: #E6E6FA; - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 5%; - color: black; - padding: 0.5em; - margin-bottom: 5em; - font-family: sans-serif, serif; -} - -@media print { .transnote { - margin-left: 2.5%; - margin-right: 2.5%; - } -} - -.click-any-illo-transnote { - background-color: #E6E6FA; - margin-left: 30%; - margin-right: 30%; - margin-top: 1.0em; - margin-bottom: 1.5em; - padding-bottom: 0.9em; - padding-top: 0.1em; - color: black; - font-family: sans-serif, serif; -} - -.x-ebookmaker .transnote { - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 5%; -} - -p.TN-style-1 { - text-indent: 0em; - margin-top: 1.5em; - font-size: small; -} - -p.TN-style-2 { - text-align: left; - margin-top: 1.0em; - text-indent: -1em; - margin-left: 3em; - font-size: small; -} - -.center-img-cover { - margin: 2% 33%; - page-break-inside: avoid; - page-break-before: auto; -} - -.coverimg {visibility: visible; display: block;} - -.x-small {font-size: x-small;} -.small {font-size: small;} -.large {font-size: large;} -.x-large {font-size: x-large;} - -.bold {font-weight: bold;} - -.noindent {text-indent: 0em;} - -a {text-decoration: none;} -a.underline {text-decoration: underline;} - -.blockquot { - margin-left: 2em; -} - - /* ]]> */ </style> -</head> -<body> -<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Model Aeroplanes and Their Engines, by George Cavanagh</p> -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online -at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you -are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the -country where you are located before using this eBook. -</div> - -<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Model Aeroplanes and Their Engines</p> -<p style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:1em;'>A Practical Book for Beginners</p> -<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: George Cavanagh</p> -<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: April 16, 2022 [eBook #67852]</p> -<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p> - <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: Brian Coe, Quentin Campbell and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by the Library of Congress)</p> -<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MODEL AEROPLANES AND THEIR ENGINES ***</div> - - -<div class="coverimg center-img-cover x-ebookmaker-drop"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/cover.jpg"> - <img src="images/cover.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> -</div> - -<div class="transnote chapter p4"> -<a id="top"></a> -<p class="noindent center TN-style-1 bold">Transcriber’s Note</p> - -<p class="TN-style-1">The photographic images in the original -publication are generally of poor quality and there is little that -can be done to enhance them. The hand-drawn construction diagrams -are clearer although some descriptive text may be too small to read. -However the reader can click on any photographic image or diagram -to see a larger version. This is particularly helpful when reading -descriptive text and looking at fine detail in the construction -diagrams.</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="TN-style-1">The cover image was restored by Thiers -Halliwell from elements of the original publication and is placed in -the public domain.</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="TN-style-1">See <a class="underline" href="#TN">end -of this document</a> for details of corrections and other changes.</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter p4 b4"> -<p class="noindent center bold"><span style="font-size: 170%;">MODEL AEROPLANES</span><br /> -<span style="font-size: 115%;">AND THEIR ENGINES</span></p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="click-any-illo-transnote x-ebookmaker-drop"> -<p class="noindent center TN-style-1 bold">Click on any image to see a larger version.</p> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe20 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="frontispiece"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/frontispiece_grayscale.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/frontispiece_grayscale.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Waid Carl’s model in flight.<br /> -<span style="font-size: x-small;">Courtesy Edward P. Warner, Concord Model Club</span></p> - </div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h1 class="nobreak" id="MODEL_AEROPLANES">MODEL AEROPLANES<br /> -<span style="font-size: 60%;">AND THEIR ENGINES</span></h1> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center large p2"><i>A Practical Book for Beginners</i></p> - -<p class="noindent center small p2">BY</p> -<p class="noindent center x-large">GEORGE A. CAVANAGH</p> -<p class="noindent center small smcap">Model Editor “Aerial Age”</p> - -<p class="noindent center small p4">DRAWINGS BY</p> -<p class="noindent center large">HARRY G. SCHULTZ</p> -<p class="noindent center small">PRESIDENT THE AERO-SCIENCE CLUB OF AMERICA</p> - -<p class="noindent center small p4">WITH AN INTRODUCTION BY</p> -<p class="noindent center large">HENRY WOODHOUSE</p> -<p class="noindent center small">Managing Editor “Flying”<br /> -Governor of the Aero Club of America</p> - -<p class="noindent center large p4 b2">NEW YORK<br /> -MOFFAT, YARD & COMPANY<br /> -1917</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter p4 b4"> -<p class="noindent center small p2"> -<span class="smcap">Copyright, 1916, By</span><br /> -MOFFAT, YARD AND COMPANY<br /> -NEW YORK</p> -<hr class="r2p5" /> -<p class="noindent center x-small"><i>All rights reserved</i><br /> -<br /> -Reprinted August, 1917</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter p4 b4"> -<p class="noindent center">TO</p> -<p class="noindent center">M. T. H.</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="INTRODUCTION">INTRODUCTION</h2> -</div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">History</span> tells us—what some of us luckier -ones heard the Wright Brothers themselves -tell—that the Wrights’ active work in aëronautics -was a result of the interest aroused by -a toy helicopter presented to them by the Reverend -Bishop Milton Wright, their father.</p> - -<p>Tremendous developments have taken place -in aëronautics and aircraft are fast developing -in size, speed, and range of action. They -have revolutionized warfare, and seem to be -destined to become a most important factor in -the reconstruction that will follow the war.</p> - -<p>The greater the development the truer the -fact that model aëroplanes may be instrumental -in bringing to aëronautics men who -may make valuable contributions to aëronautics. -As a matter of fact, there are already -in active life, contributing their share to the -development of aëronautics, young men who -only a few years ago competed for prizes -which the writer offered for model competition.</p> - -<p>The young men who are now flying models -will live in the new age—and they have much -to give and much to receive from it.</p> - -<p>Through the tremendous strides forward of -aëronautics there are wonderful possibilities -for the employment of ingenuity, genius and -skill, and business opportunities, as great as -have ever been created by progress in important -lines of human endeavor. Problems of -engineering as huge as were solved by master -builders; juridical and legal questions to be -decided as stupendously difficult as any Gladstone -would wish them; possibilities for the -development of international relations greater -than were ever conceived; problems of transportation -to be solved by the application of -aircraft, as wonderful as any economist could -wish; opportunities to gain distinction splendid -enough to satisfy the most ambitious -person.</p> - -<p class="right" style="margin-right: 1em;"> -<span class="smcap">Henry Woodhouse.</span></p> - -<p class="b2">New York, June 5th, 1916.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="TOC">LIST OF CONTENTS</h2> -</div> - -<table class="toc b2" style="font-size: 80%"> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><span style="font-size: 60%; margin-left: 4em;">PAGE</span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Introduction</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#INTRODUCTION">ix</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">History of Model Aviation</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Construction</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_8">8</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="toc" style="margin-left: 1em;">Propellers—Wings—Frame—Assembling—Launching—Chassis—Pontoons—Launching - an R. O. G. or Model Hydroaëroplane.</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">World Record Models</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_52">52</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="toc" style="margin-left: 1em;">Lauder Distance and Duration Model—Hittle Tractor - Hydro—La Tour Flying Boat—Cook No. 42 Model—Rudy Funk - Duration Model—Alson H. Wheeler Twin Pusher Biplane.</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">A Model Warplane</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_83">83</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">A Simple Compressed Air Engine</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><span class="no-wrap"><a href="#Page_85">85–93</a></span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Compressed Air Driven Models</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><span class="no-wrap"><a href="#Page_94">94–102</a></span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="toc" style="margin-left: 1em;">The Dart Compressed Air Driven Model—The - McMahon Compressed Air Driven Monoplane—The - McMahon Compressed Air Driven Biplane.</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Compressed Air Engines</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><span class="no-wrap"><a href="#Page_103">103–109</a></span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="toc" style="margin-left: 1em;">Wise Compressed Air Engine—Schober-Funk Three Cylinder - Engine—The Schober Four Cylinder Opposed - Engine.</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Gasoline Engines</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><span class="no-wrap"><a href="#Page_110">110–117</a></span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="toc" style="margin-left: 1em;">Jopson—Midget Aëro Gasoline Engine.</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Steam Power Plants</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><span class="no-wrap"><a href="#Page_118">118–122</a></span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="toc" style="margin-left: 1em;">H. H. Groves Steam Power Plants—G. Harris’s - Steam Engine—Professor Langley’s Steam Engine—French - Experiments with Steam Power Plants.</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Carbonic Gas Engine</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><span class="no-wrap"><a href="#Page_123">123–124</a></span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">The Formation of Model Clubs</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><span class="no-wrap"><a href="#Page_125">125–138</a></span></td> - </tr> - - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">World’s Model Flying Records</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><span class="no-wrap"><a href="#Page_139">139–141</a></span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><span class="smcap">Dictionary of Aëronautical Terms</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><span class="no-wrap"><a href="#Page_142">142–152</a></span></td> - </tr> -</table> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="LOI">LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2> -</div> - -<table class="loi b2" style="font-size: 80%"> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi"> </p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><span style="font-size: 60%">PAGE</span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Model Aëroplane in Flight</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#frontispiece"><i>Frontispiece</i></a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">First Model Aëroplane Exhibition</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_4">4</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Propellers (Diagram 1)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_9">9</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">How to cut propellers (Diagram 2)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_11">11</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Designs for propellers (Diagram 3)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_14">14</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Designs for propellers (Diagram 4)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Wing construction (Diagram 5)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_20">20</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Members of the Aëro Science Club</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_22">22</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Members of the Milwaukee and Illinois Model Aëro Clubs</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_22">22</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Frame construction (Diagram 6)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_25">25</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Model Assembly (Diagram 7)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_30">30</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">C. W. Meyer and Wm. Hodgins exhibiting early type models</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Henry Criscouli with five foot model</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Schultz hydroaëroplane</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Rubber winder (Diagram 8)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_35">35</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Chassis construction (Diagram 9)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_38">38</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Pontoon construction (Diagram 10)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_38">43</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Obst flying boat</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_44">44</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">McLaughlin twin tractor hydroaëroplane</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_44">44</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Louis Bamberger hydro about to leave water</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_44">44</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">E. B. Eiring and Kennith Sedgwick Milwaukee Club How to launch R. O. G. model</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_48">48</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Waid Carl, Concord Model Club Launching R. O. G. model</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_48">48</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Wallace A Lauder model (Diagram 11)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_54">54</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Lauder distance and duration model</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_56">56</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Lauder R. O. G. model</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_56">56</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Lindsay Hittle world record hydroaëroplane (Diagram 12)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_61">61</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">La Tour Flying Boat (Diagram 13)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_66">66</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Ellis Cook R. O. G. model (Diagram 14)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_73">73</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Funk duration model (Diagram 15)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_78">78</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Rudy Funk speed model</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_80">80</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">McMahon and Schober compressed air driven models</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_80">80</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Alson H. Wheeler twin pusher biplane</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_82">82</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">C. V. Obst tractor</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_82">82</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Model Warplane</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_84">84</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Simple compressed air engine (Diagram 16)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_87">87</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Schober compressed air driven monoplane</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_90">90</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Schober compressed air driven biplane</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_90">90</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Dart compressed air driven model</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_95">95</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">John McMahon and compressed air driven monoplane</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_98">98</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Frank Schober preparing model for flight</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_98">98</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">John McMahon pusher biplane (Diagram 17)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_102">102</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Wise compressed air engine</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_104">104</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Schober-Funk three-cylinder rotary engine</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_105">105</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Schober four cylinder engine (Diagram 18)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_107">107</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Jopson gasoline engine</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_110">110</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Sectional view of Jopson engine (Diagram 19)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_112">112</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Power curve of Jopson engine (Diagram 20)</p></td> - <td class="tdr"> </td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_115">115</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Midget gasoline engine</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_116">116</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">English steam power plant</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_120">120</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">V. E. Johnson steam driven hydroaëroplane</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_120">120</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">English compressed air driven biplane</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_122">122</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">Tractor hydroaëroplane fitted with steam power plant</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_122">122</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">English compressed air engine fitted with simple speedometer</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_122">122</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl"><p class="loi">The Rompel six-cylinder carbonic gas engine</p></td> - <td class="tdr">Opp.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_124">124</a></td> - </tr> -</table> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_1">[1]</span></p> - -<p class="noindent center bold p2 b2" style="font-size: 200%;">MODEL AËROPLANES</p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="HISTORY_OF_MODEL_AVIATION">HISTORY OF MODEL AVIATION</h2> -</div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">Model</span> aëroplaning, as a sport, was first introduced -in America during the year of 1907. -It was then that the first model aëroplane club -in America was formed by Miss E. L. Todd, -with the assistance of Mr. Edward Durant, -now Director of the Aëro Science Club of -America. Prior to this the model aëroplane -was considered an instrument of experimentation -or, when built to resemble a full sized -machine, was used for exhibition purposes. -Noted scientists, men such as Maxim, Langley, -Eiffel and others, depended largely on models -to bring about the desired results during their -experiments. Before the Wright Brothers -brought forth and launched the first heavier -than air machine their experiments, to a great<span class="pagenum" id="Page_2">[2]</span> -extent, were confined to model aëroplanes. -There is little doubt but that a large majority -of aviators engaged in flying machines in different -parts of the world were at one time in -their career interested in the construction and -flying of model aircraft, and from which no -doubt they obtained their initial knowledge of -the aëroplane, in so far as the same principles -and laws apply to any aëroplane, regardless of -its size.</p> - -<p>The first model aëroplane club went under -the name of the New York Model Aëro Club -and during its existence a great many of its -contests were carried on in armories. The -reason for this was because of the fact that the -greater number of the models prevalent at that -time were built along the lines of full sized -machines, and their manner of construction -was such as to interfere with the flying efficiency -of the model. Streamline construction -was something unknown to model constructors -in those days and, in consequence, crudely constructed -and heavy models were very often evidenced,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">[3]</span> -and, as a result, flights of over one -hundred feet were very seldom made. At about -the same time model enthusiasts in both England -and France were actively engaged in constructing -and flying models, but the type of -model used was of a different design from those -flown by the American modelists and as a result -of this innovation many of the early records -were held abroad. The type of model -flown by the English modelists resembled in appearance -the letter “A”, hence the term “A” type.</p> - -<p>It was not long after the introduction of this -type of model in America that model aëroplaning -as a sport began to assume an aspect of -great interest. Models were constructed along -simpler lines and with a greater tendency -toward doing away with all unnecessary parts, -thus increasing the flying qualities of the -models. Flights of greater distance and duration -were the objects sought and, in their efforts -to achieve them new records were made at most -every contest, until flights of from 500 to 1000<span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">[4]</span> -feet were common occurrences. By the use of -the A type model and the single stick model -which made its appearance shortly after the A -type model, American modelists succeeded in -breaking most of the world records for this -type of model which is now termed by English -modelists “flying sticks.”</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="004"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_004_fp_grayscale.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_004_fp_grayscale.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">First model aëroplane exhibition held at Boston, 1910</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p>One by one model aëroplane clubs were -formed in different parts of the country until -to-day there are in existence about twenty-five -clubs and all with memberships of from two to -eight times that of the first model aëro club. -The work which was started by the New York -Model Aëro Club is now being carried on by the -Aëro Science Club of America and its affiliated -clubs. The interest in model flying grew to -such an extent that during the year of 1915 the -Aëro Club of America decided to hold the First -National Model Aëroplane Competition for the -purpose of offering to the young men of America -an opportunity of becoming acquainted -with this new sport and its advantages. The -results of this competition were beyond expectation.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">[5]</span> -Models were made capable of flying -distances and with durations that, to the -early flyers, seemed impossible. In the hand -launched contests models were flown for distances -ranging from 2000 to 2500 feet, the winning -flight being 3537 feet, and it might also -be said that the contestant who flew this model, -with a model of the same design established a -duration record of 195 seconds. As this goes -to press, information is received that the -World’s Record for distance for hand launched -models has been broken by Thomas Hall, of -Chicago, Ill., an Illinois Model Aëro Club member, -with a flight of 5337 feet. Another interesting -result of the competition was the establishing -of a world hydroaëroplane record by -a member of the Illinois Model Aëro Club with -a model of the tractor type, a four-bladed propeller -being used in connection with the model. -The flying boat which is a late advent to the -field of model flying also proved a record -breaker in this competition, having remained in -the air after rising from the surface of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">[6]</span> -water, for a duration of 43 seconds. This -model was flown by a member of the Pacific -Northwest Model Aëro Club of Seattle, Washington. -The establishing of these records -clearly indicates the advantage of scientific designing -and construction and careful handling.</p> - -<p>So satisfactory have been the results of the -First National Model Aëroplane Competition -that the Aëro Club of America has made arrangements -for holding the Second National -Model Aëroplane Competition during the -year 1916. But in the announcement of the -Second National Competition the Aëro Club of -America has made provision for the holding of -contests for mechanically driven models, in -view of the interest which is being shown by -model flyers in the construction of models -more closely resembling large machines to be -driven by compressed air, steam and gasoline -power plants. This is the outcome of a desire -on the part of model constructors to substitute -for what is now commonly known as the “flying -stick,” models more closely resembling large<span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">[7]</span> -machines, which models can be more satisfactorily -flown by the use of compressed air, steam -or gasoline power plants. As in the early days, -the best flights made by models using compressed -air and steam have been made by English -flyers, the duration of the flights ranging -anywhere from 25 to 50 seconds.</p> - -<p>Whether or not the American flyers will repeat -history and achieve greater results with -this type of model motive power is something -that can only be determined in the future. But -in any event the scientific mechanically driven -model will, without doubt, assume an important -position in the field of model aviation.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">[8]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CONSTRUCTION">CONSTRUCTION</h2> -</div> - - -<h3>PROPELLERS</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">Propellers</span> may be cut from various kinds -of wood, but the most suitable, from every -standpoint, is white pine. The advantage of -using this wood lies in the fact that the propellers -may be cut more rapidly and when cut are -lighter than those made from most other kinds -of wood. When coated with the proper kind -of varnish they are sufficiently strong for ordinary -flying. Wood selected for propellers -should be free from knots, holes and other imperfections -and it is very desirable that it -should be of perfectly straight grain.</p> - -<p>A piece of such clear white pine 8″ long, 1″ -wide and ³⁄₄″ thick should be selected and on -one side marked <span class="smcap">Top</span>. A tracing of the propeller -similar in design to <a href="#009">Figure 1</a>, should be -laid on this piece of wood and an imprint of the -propeller design drawn on the <span class="smcap">Top</span> side.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[9]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="009"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_009_rotated.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_009_rotated.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 1</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[10]</span></p> - -<p>To find the center of the block two lines should be -drawn from the opposite corners, their point of -meeting being approximately in the center—near -enough for all practical purposes to insure -greater accuracy. Similar lines should be -drawn from the corners on the <span class="smcap">Bottom</span> side of -the block of wood. A hole ³⁄₃₂ of an inch in -diameter should be bored through the center -thus obtained, through which the propeller -shaft will be inserted when the propeller is -finished. The two sections of the propeller -blades drawn in diagrammatical form on the -<span class="smcap">Top</span> of the block, should be marked respectively -<span class="smcap">Blade 1</span> and <span class="smcap">Blade 2</span>, as shown in -<a href="#009">diagram 1</a>. The block is then ready for the -commencement of the actual cutting. In cutting -out the propeller, <span class="smcap">Blade 1</span> should be held in -the left hand and the knife in the other, with -the blade of the knife on the straight edge of -<span class="smcap">Blade 1</span>. The cutting should be carried out -very carefully with attention constantly paid to -<a href="#009">Fig. 2</a>, and should be stopped when the line -shown in <a href="#009">Fig. 2</a> has been reached. The semi-blade -should then be sandpapered until a small -curve is obtained by which the propeller will be -enabled to grip the air.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[11]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="011"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_011.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_011.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 2</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[12]</span></p> - -<p>To cut <span class="smcap">Blade 2</span>, <span class="smcap">Blade 1</span> should be held in -the left hand and <span class="smcap">Blade 2</span> cut until the line -shown in <a href="#009">Fig. 3</a> is reached, after which the -sandpapering process is carried out in the same -manner as in the case of <span class="smcap">Blade 1</span>. During all -of the foregoing operations it must be clearly -borne in mind that the <span class="smcap">Top</span> of the blank propeller -must always face upward, and the cutting -should always be done on the <span class="smcap">Straight</span> lines. -Should the straight edge be cut on one edge of -the blank propeller and the curved edge on the -other, it would result in the blades of the -finished propeller having a tendency to push in -opposite directions and in consequence no propulsion -of the model would be possible.</p> - -<p>Attention should next be turned to the back -of the propeller blank on which the manner of -cutting is exactly like that suggested for the top -side, with the exception that instead of cutting -along the <span class="smcap">Straight</span> lines, the cutting is done<span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">[13]</span> -along the <span class="smcap">Curved</span> lines. In this part of the -work great care is to be exercised for by the -time the necessary cutting has been done on the -back of the propeller the entire structure is very -fragile and one excessive stroke of the knife -may result in destroying the entire propeller -blade. By constantly holding the wood to the -light it is possible to determine with a reasonable -degree of accuracy the evenness of thickness. -To complete the <span class="smcap">Bottom</span> side of the propeller -the blade should be sandpapered as was -the top.</p> - -<p>The method of cutting the second propeller -is exactly that used in cutting the first propeller, -only that the diagram shown in <a href="#009">Fig. 4</a> should be -used. This will result in two propellers being -made that will revolve in opposite directions in -order to produce even and balanced propulsion. -If both propellers revolved in the same direction -the effect would be to overturn the model.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[14]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="014"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_014.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_014.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 3</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[15]</span></p> - -<p>In <a href="#009">diagram 1</a> the propellers are shown with -the straight edge as the entering or cutting -edge of the blade. Some of the model builders -prefer the curved edge as the cutting edge -(<a href="#011">diagram 2</a>). It is significant that Mr. Frank -Schober, a well known model constructor, -tested both designs on his compressed air -driven model, and while both propellers were -the same in weight, diameter and pitch, the -one having the straight edge as the cutting -edge was found one-third more efficient.</p> - -<p>When the propellers have been given a light -coat of shellac they should be laid aside until -the assembling of the complete model.</p> - -<p>By following the foregoing instructions a -simple and effective set of propellers will be -produced. But in order to vary the experimental -practice of the constructor various other -diagrams, <a href="#014">Nos. 3</a> and <a href="#017">4</a>, illustrating suitable -designs, are provided and can be made by applying -the above general theory and using the -diagrams herewith.</p> - - -<h3>WINGS</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">One</span> of the most important considerations in -the construction of a model is the making of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[16]</span> -wings. To obtain the greatest efficiency the -wings must be carefully designed, with due attention -to whether the model is being constructed -for speed, duration or climbing ability. -Attention should be given to streamline construction; -that is, the parts of the wing should -be so assembled that the completed wing would -offer the least possible resistance to the air, if -the best results are to be obtained.</p> - -<p>For the main wing three strips of spruce, -each 30″ in length, two of them being ³⁄₁₆″ × -¹⁄₄″ and the third ³⁄₁₆″ × ¹⁄₁₆″ are required. -To make them thoroughly streamline all edges -should be carefully rounded off and all surfaces -should be smooth. A strip of bamboo at least -20″ long, ¹⁄₂″ wide, ¹⁄₈″ thick, should be cut -into pieces, each piece to be 5 in. long. To -secure the necessary curve, ¹⁄₂″ depth, the -pieces of bamboo should be held in steam and -slowly bent in a manner closely resembling the -skids of an ordinary bobsled. When the -curvature has been obtained, care should be -exercised in cutting each piece into four longitudinal -strips, from which twelve should be -selected to be used as ribs, each to be ¹⁄₈″ -wide. The bending of the bamboo preliminary -to making the ribs is done in order to secure uniformity -of curvature.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[17]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="017"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_017.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_017.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 4</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[18]</span></p> - -<p>When this has been done the ribs are ready -for fastening to the sticks—entering and trailing -edges—and each must be attached an equal -distance apart. In order that the ribs may be -evenly spaced it is necessary to put a mark -every 3″ on the larger stick or entering edge -of the wing, and also on the flat stick or trailing -edge. The main beam which is of the same -dimensions as the entering edge is afterwards -fastened across the center of the wing, and does -not necessarily need to be thus marked, as it is -fastened to the ribs after the ribs have been -attached to the entering and trailing edges of -the wing frame. By holding the ribs one at a -time so that the curved edge rests upon the entering -edge where the mark indicates, as shown -in <a href="#020">diagram 5</a>, they should be fastened thereon -by means of thread and glue. The rear end of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[19]</span> -the rib must be fastened to the trailing edge -where the mark indicates, also by thread and -glue.</p> - -<p>After all ribs have been thus securely fastened -to both edges of the frame the third stick, -or main beam, should be attached to the frame -on the underside, the fastening being made at -the highest point of the curve of each rib. This -main beam prevents the wing covering from -drawing in the end ribs and adds very materially -to the strength of the entire wing structure. -To cover the wings fiber paper may be -used and is a suitable material, but the best results, -from a standpoint of flying efficiency and -long service, are obtained by the use of China -silk.</p> - -<p>The frame of the forward wing or elevator -is made in the same manner as is the main wing, -but it is only 12″ in span by 4″ in chord, and -is constructed without the use of a main -beam. This wing has only five ribs which are -made in the same manner as those for the rear -wing, and each is placed a distance of 3″ apart.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[20]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="020"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_020_rotated.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_020_rotated.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 5</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[21]</span></p> - -<p>A piece of silk measuring 2″ longer and 2″ -wider than each of the wing frames should -be used in covering the wings, and this can be -held in position by the use of pins prior to the -actual sewing. The extra inch of silk on all -sides of the frame is placed around the under -side of the frame—in order that it can be made -thoroughly taut when the silk has been sewn -close to the edges of the frame. After the silk -has been sewn close to the edges the pins may be -removed and the surplus silk that hangs from -the under side of the frame may be cut off. To -make this silk airproof it should be coated with -a thin coat of shellac or varnish and the wings -should be thoroughly dry before being used. -This coating, in addition to airproofing, will assist -in making the covering perfectly taut, and -also in making the wing ready for service when -the entire model is ready to be assembled.</p> - - -<h3>FRAME</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">As</span> all other parts of the model are attached -to the frame in addition to its having to stand<span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[22]</span> -the strain of the tightly wound rubber strands -which serve as the motive power for the model, -it must be made strong. It is therefore necessary -to exercise care and judgment in making -certain that the different units that make up the -frame are rightly proportioned and are of the -proper material. Just as in the large sized -aëroplanes there are many types of bodies, so -there are many different types of frames in use -in model construction, but the standard, and -for all practical purposes the best frame, resembles -the letter A in shape, hence the name -A type. The lightness of the frame depends -entirely on the materials used and the manner -in which it is constructed.</p> - -<p>Some model flyers use but a single stick for -the frame, but generally the A type frame is -preferred for the reason that it is more durable, -the wings can be more securely attached to it, -and that it is possible of developing very much -better results.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="022A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_022a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_022a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Members of the Aëro Science Club</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="022B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_022b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_022b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Members of the Milwaukee and Illinois Model Aëro Clubs</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[23]</span></p> - -<p>To construct such an A type frame 2 main -sticks to serve as frame side members are necessary -and are made from spruce. Each member -should be 36″ in length, ³⁄₈″ in depth by ¹⁄₄″ in -width. By rounding the edges and smoothing -the various surfaces with sandpaper streamline -effect will be secured and will add to the efficiency -of the machine as well as to its appearance. -When the side members are placed in A -formation the extremity of the sticks at which -they meet should be so tapered in the inner -sides that when they meet and are permanently -fastened the result will be a continuance of the -general streamline effect. The permanent -fastening of the frame side members at the -point of the A may be accomplished by using -either strong fish glue or better, a good waterproof -glue and then have the jointure reinforced -by securing a piece of ³⁄₃₂″ steel wire 3″ -in length and placing the center of it at the -point of the A, afterwards bending the wire -along either outer edge of the frame side members, -putting as much pressure on the wire as -the strength of the structure will permit; after -this the reinforced jointure should have thread<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[24]</span> -wound around it to insure even greater -strength. About ¹⁄₂″ of the wire on each side -of the point should be left clear and afterwards -turned into a loop as shown in <a href="#025">diagram 6</a>, for -the purpose of attaching the hooks that hold -the rubber strands. To hold the side members -apart at the rear end and for a propeller brace, -a piece of bamboo 10″ long, ¹⁄₈″ thick by ¹⁄₂″ -in width is required and this should be fastened -to the extreme rear ends of the frame side members, -allowing the propeller brace to protrude -on either side 1¹⁄₂″ as illustrated. To put the -propeller brace in position a slot ¹⁄₂″ deep by -¹⁄₈″ wide should be cut into the rear ends of the -frame side members for the reception of the -propeller brace. After the brace has been -placed in position the outer edge should come -flush with the rear ends of the side members. -To hold the brace in place thread and glue -should be used in the same manner as described -for the point of the frame side members. Between -the point of the frame and the propeller -brace two bamboo pieces, one 9″ long and another -2¹⁄₃″ long, should be used as braces for -the general strengthening of the structure. -The longest piece should be secured across the -top of the frame about 9″ from the rear and -the shorter piece about 9″ from the point.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[25]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="025"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_025_rotated.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_025_rotated.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 6</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[26]</span></p> - -<p>When these two braces are in position the -next matter that calls for the attention of the -constructor is the matter of getting into position -at the two outer extremities of the propeller -brace bearings for the propellers. For -this purpose two pieces of ³⁄₃₂nd inch brass -tubing, each ³⁄₄th of an inch long, should -be used, and should be fastened to the underside -of the propeller brace, at each extremity of -that brace, by the use of thread and glue. -Sometimes greater efficiency is secured by putting -these pieces of bronze tubing about ¹⁄₄″ -from the end. Some model constructors make -a very neat jointure here by soldering the piece -of tubing to a strip of thin brass, which is bent -over the end of the propeller brace and bound -and glued thereon. In fastening the bronze -tubing to the propeller brace it should be so<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[27]</span> -adjusted that it will run parallel to the side -members of the frame and will therefore offer -the least possible resistance to the shaft of the -propeller when the rubber strands have been -attached.</p> - -<p>When the frame has been completed a coat -of shellac should be applied to the entire structure -to render it damp-proof.</p> - - -<h3>ASSEMBLING</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> proper assembling of the parts of the -model is as essential to good results as is the -designing and making. Parts, although properly -made, if improperly placed in relation to -each other will very often lead to trouble. -Therefore very great care must be exercised in -the assembling process.</p> - -<p>When all the parts have been prepared and -are ready to be assembled the first thing that -should be done is to mount the propellers in -position. This must be done very carefully on -account of the fact that the propeller shafts -are easily bent and if bent the result is considerable<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[28]</span> -trouble, for such a bend in the propeller -shaft will cause the propeller to revolve irregularly -with a consequent loss of thrust. Before -inserting the propeller shafts in the tubing 4 -washers each ¹⁄₄″ in diameter should be cut -from hard metal, and a hole large enough for -the propeller shaft to pass through should be -bored in the center of each washer. The metal -washers should be passed over the straight ends -of the shafts which extend from the rear of -the tubing, after they have been inserted in the -tubing, and in this manner the cutting into the -hubs of the propellers which would follow is -avoided. The propellers are now to be -mounted and this is accomplished by allowing -the ends of the shafts, which extend out from -the rear of the tubing, to pass through the hole -in the hub of each propeller. In mounting the -propellers it is absolutely necessary to have the -straight edge of the propellers to face the point -or front end of the model. The propeller -shown in <a href="#009">Fig. 4 of diagram 1</a>, should be -mounted on the left side of the frame to revolve<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[29]</span> -to the left, while the propeller shown in <a href="#009">Fig. 1</a> -should be mounted on the right side of the -frame to revolve to the right. When the propellers -have thus been mounted the one-half -inch of shafting which extends out from the -hubs of the propellers should be bent over to -grip the propeller hub and thereby prevent the -shaft from slipping during the unwinding of -the rubber strands. For the reception of the -rubber strands to provide motive power a hook -must be formed in each shaft and this can be -done by holding securely that portion of the -shaft which extends toward the point of the -model, while the end is being formed into a -hook as illustrated in <a href="#030">diagram 7</a>.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[30]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="030"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_030_rotated.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_030_rotated.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 7</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[31]</span></p> - -<p>Eighty-four feet of ¹⁄₈th″ flat rubber is -necessary to propel the model. This should be -strung on each side from the hooks (<a href="#030">see diagram</a>) -at the front part of the model to the propeller -shafts at the rear of the model. In this -way 14 strands of rubber will be evenly strung -on each side of the frame. To facilitate the -winding of the rubbers two double hooks made -of ³⁄₃₂″ steel wire to resemble the letter S, -as shown in <a href="#030">diagram 7</a>, should be made. One -end of this S hook should be caught on the -frame hook, while the other end is attached to -the strands of rubber, and to prevent the possible -cutting of the strands a piece of rubber -tubing is used to cover over all wire hooks that -come in contact with the rubber strands providing -propelling power.</p> - -<p>The wings are mounted on the top side of the -frame members by means of rubber bands and -in placing them upon the frame it should be -noted that the entering edge of each wing must -face the point or front of the model. The -wings must be so adjusted on the frame that -they result in perfect side balance which means -that there is an even amount of surface on -either side of the model. To secure a longitudinal -balance it will be found that the entering -edge of the main wing should be placed -approximately 8″ from the propeller brace or -rear of the model, and the entering edge of the -small wing or elevator approximately 6″ from<span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[32]</span> -the point. But it is only by test flying that a -true balance of the entire model can be obtained. -To give the necessary power of elevation -(or lifting ability) to make the model rise, a -small block of wood about 1″ long by ¹⁄₄″ -square must be placed between the entering -edge of the small wing and the frame of the -model.</p> - -<p>After the wings have been thus adjusted and -a short test flight made to perfect the flying and -elevating ability of the model, and this test -flight has been satisfactory, the model is ready -for launching under its full motive power.</p> - - -<h3>LAUNCHING</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">In</span> the preliminary trials of a model close attention -must be paid to the few structural adjustments -that will be found to be necessary -and which if not properly and quickly remedied -will result in the prevention of good flights or -even in possible wrecking of the model. Careful -designing and construction are necessary -but it is equally as important that the model -should be properly handled when it is complete -and ready for flying.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="032A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_032a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_032a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Charles W. Meyers and - William Hodgins exhibiting models of early design.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="032B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_032b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_032b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Henry Criscouli and his five - foot model. This model may be disassembled and - packed conveniently in small package.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="032C"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_032c_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_032c_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Harry G. Schultz hydroaëroplane.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[33]</span></p> - -<p>The approximate idea of the balance of a -model can be secured by launching it gently into -the air. If the model dives down point first it -indicates that the main wing should be moved -a little toward the front. If it rises abruptly -the main wing should be moved slightly toward -the rear. In this way by moving the wing forward -or rearward until the model glides away -gracefully and lands flat upon the ground, -proper adjustment of the balance can be effected. -If when launching from the hand the -model should curve to the left the main wing -should be moved slightly to the left of the frame -members. And if the curve is to the right the -main wing should be moved in that direction. -This process can be continued until the model -flies in the course desired.</p> - -<p>The winding of the rubber strands to get the -necessary propelling power is an important detail. -The model should be firmly held by some -one at the rear with the thumb on either side<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[34]</span> -member, pressing down on the jointure and -with the four fingers of each hand gripping the -under side of the frame members, and in this -way holding the model steady and until the -rubber strands have been sufficiently wound. -With the hands in this position the propellers, -of course, cannot and should not revolve. The -hooks attached to the rubber strands at the -point or front of the model should be detached -from the side members and affixed to the hooks -of the winder. A winder may be made from -an ordinary egg beater as is shown in <a href="#035">diagram 8</a>. -When the hooks attached to the rubber -strands at the point of the model have been -affixed to the winder the rubbers should be -stretched four times their ordinary length -(good rubber being capable of being stretched -seven times its length) and the winding commenced, -the person winding slowly moving in -towards the model as the strands are wound. -If the ratio of the winder is 5 to 1, that is if the -rubber is twisted five times to every revolution -of the main wheel of the winder, 100 turns of -the winder will be sufficient for the first trial. -This propelling power can be increased as the -trials proceed. When the winding has been -accomplished the rubber hooks should be detached -from the winder hooks and attached to -the hooks at the front of the side members as -shown in the <a href="#030">diagram</a>.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[35]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="035"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_035.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_035.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 8</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[36]</span></p> - -<p>In preparation for launching, the model -should be held above the head, one hand holding -it at the center of the frame, the other in the -center of the propeller brace in such a way as -to prevent the propellers from revolving. -When the model is cast into the air if it is properly -adjusted it will fly straight ahead.</p> - -<p>A precaution which is sometimes worthy of -attention before the launching of the model -under its full power is to test out the propellers -to find out whether or not they are properly -mounted and whether they revolve evenly and -easily. To do this the rubber strands may be -given a few turns, enough to revolve the propellers -for a brief period, while the machine is -held stationary. If the shafts have been properly<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[37]</span> -inserted in the hubs of the propellers and -have not been bent during the winding of the -rubbers, the propellers will revolve evenly and -readily. If the propellers revolve unsteadily it -indicates that there is a bend in the propeller -shafts or the propellers have not been properly -balanced. If the trouble is a bend in the shaft, -it must be removed before the model is -launched on actual flight. If the propeller -does not revolve freely the application of some -lubrication (such as vaseline) to the shaft -will eliminate this trouble. With these adjustments -made satisfactorily, the model can be -launched with the anticipation of good flying.</p> - - -<h3>CHASSIS</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> preceding instructions and discussions -have dealt with different parts of a simple -model to be used as a hand-launched type of -model. The experience which will come as the -result of flying this type of model for a period -will undoubtedly tend toward a desire on the -part of the constructor to make his model more -nearly represent a large sized aëroplane and -will make him want to have his model rise from -the ground under its own power. Such a -model is known as an R. O. G. type, that is, -rises off the ground.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[38]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="038"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_038_rotated.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_038_rotated.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 9</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[39]</span></p> - -<p>To meet this desire all -that it is necessary to do is to make a chassis, -or carriage, which can be secured to the frame -of the model, and with extra power added, will -result in a practical R. O. G. model. In constructing -such a chassis or carriage it is necessary -to bear in mind that it must be made sufficiently -strong to withstand the shock and stress -which it will be called upon to stand when the -model descends to the ground.</p> - -<p>For the main struts of the chassis two pieces -of bamboo each 9″ in length are needed and -these should be bent over 1″ on one end as -shown in the <a href="#038">diagram</a>, that they may be fastened -to the under side of the frame members, -one on either side, at a point on that member -12″ from the front. Two similar pieces of -bamboo, each piece about 7″ in length, are required -to act as braces between the frame members<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[40]</span> -and the main chassis struts. Each end of -each of the braces should be bent over in the -same direction and in the same manner as that -described for the main strut so that the fastening -to the main frame member and the main -chassis strut may be accomplished. Steam -may be used in bending the ends of the pieces -of bamboo. To make the landing chassis sufficiently -stable to withstand landing shocks a -piece of bamboo 9″ should be fastened from -either side of the main chassis struts at the -point where the chassis brace on either side -meets with main strut. The ends of this cross -brace should be bent in similar fashion to the -other braces to enable its being fastened easily -and securely.</p> - -<p>Two small wheels constitute the running gear -for the front part of the chassis, for which two -pieces of ¹⁄₁₆″ steel wire each 2¹⁄₄″ long -are required. These small wires are fastened -to the bottom ends of the main struts, and to -accomplish this the wire should be bent in the -center at right angles; one leg of the angle is<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[41]</span> -attached to the bottom end of the main strut as -shown in the <a href="#038">diagram</a>. Disks for wheels may -be cut from a bottle cork which should be ³⁄₄″ -in diameter by approximately ¹⁄₄″ in thickness. -The edges should be rounded off to prevent -chipping. Before mounting the wheels on the -axles which have been provided by the wires attached -to the bottom of the main struts, a piece -of bronze tubing ³⁄₃₂″ inside diameter and -³⁄₁₆″ long should be inserted in the center of -each disk. To secure the least possible resistance -on the revolutions of the wheels, there -should be placed on the wire axles pieces of -bronze tubing similar in diameter and ¹⁄₈″ in -length on either side of the wheel (<a href="#038">see illustration</a>). -When the wheel is thus placed in position -with the pieces of bronze tubing on either -side about ¹⁄₄″ of the axle wire will extend from -the outward end of the outside piece of tubing. -This should be bent over the tubing to prevent -its falling off and at the same time hold the -wheel securely in position.</p> - -<p>For the rear skid a piece of bamboo 6″ long<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[42]</span> -is used, one end of which is curved as in a -hockey stick so that it will glide smoothly over -the ground. The other end of the rear skid -should be bent over about ¹⁄₂″ so that it can be -securely fastened to the propeller braces, as illustrated -in the <a href="#038">diagram</a>. Two 7″ pieces of -bamboo are required to act as braces for the -rear skid. Both ends of each brace strut are -bent over ¹⁄₂″ in the same direction, one end of -each strut is securely fastened to a side member -3″ from the rear and the other end of each -strut is fastened to the rear skid, at their point -of meeting as shown in <a href="#038">diagram 9</a>, the method -of attaching being the same as in the case -of the forward portion of the chassis. All -joining should be accomplished by first gluing -the braces and then binding with thread. -When completed, the rear skid should glide -along the ground in bobsled fashion, thus preventing -the propellers from hitting the ground.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[43]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="043"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_043.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_043.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 10</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[44]</span></p> - -<p>In making such a chassis or carriage the endeavor -should be made to use, as near as possible, -the same weight of material on either side -of the model so as little interference as possible -will be made with the general balance of the -model in flight.</p> - - -<h3>PONTOONS</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">Having</span> satisfactorily developed the hand -launched model and the model rising off the -ground under its own propulsion the constructor -will next turn his mind to the question of -having his model rise under its own power from -the surface of the water in the fashion of passenger-carrying -hydros and flying boats. This -will be accomplished by the use of pontoons attached -to a specially designed chassis.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="044A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_044a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_044a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">C. V. Obst World record flying boat</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="044B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_044b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_044b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Twin tractor Hydroaëroplane - designed and constructed by<br />George F. McLaughlin</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="044C"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_044c_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_044c_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Louis Bamberger’s hydro about to - leave surface of water</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p>Three pontoons are necessary and these -should be made as light as possible. Each pontoon -should be made 6″ long, 1″ deep toward -the forward part, by ³⁄₄″ at the rear and 2″ -wide. The side members of each pontoon are -made from pieces of thin white pine wood -¹⁄₃₂nd of an inch thick, slightly curved up at -the front and sloped down toward the rear. -Small niches should be made on the top and bottom -sides of the pontoons into which the cross<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[45]</span> -braces are inserted and glued. Further reference -to <a href="#043">diagram 10</a> will show that at the extreme -forward end of the sides a cut is made -large enough to receive a flat piece of spruce -¹⁄₁₆″ wide. Another cut of the same dimensions -is made at the extreme rear end. Still -further cuts are made on the top and bottom -sides of the pontoons, the forward cuts measuring -1¹⁄₂″ from the front and the rear cuts -1¹⁄₂″ from the rear, to join the sides of the pontoons -as illustrated in <a href="#043">diagram 10</a>. Six pieces -of ¹⁄₁₆″ flat spruce are required for the rear -pontoon, the ends of which are held in position -by glue. For the forward pontoon only 4 -braces are required in so far as the ends of the -two main brace spars of the forward part of -chassis are inserted in the cuts on the top sides -of the pontoon. These brace spars measure 10 -inches in length and are made from bamboo -¹⁄₈th inch in diameter, which necessitates enlargement -of the cuts on the top sides of the -forward pontoons so that the extreme ends of -the spars can be inserted in the cuts in the place<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[46]</span> -of the braces. To complete the rear pontoon -and prepare it for covering, three strips of -¹⁄₈″ bamboo are required for struts. Two of -these strips should measure 9″ in length and -should be attached to the front of the pontoon -on the inner side as shown in <a href="#043">diagram 10</a>. -Thread and glue should be used in attaching -the ends of the strips to the pontoon. To enable -fastening to the frame the upper ends of -the bamboo strips should be bent over about -¹⁄₂″. The third strip should measure 8″ in -length and is attached to the upper and lower -braces toward the front of the pontoon as -shown in the <a href="#043">diagram</a>. It is necessary that -this strip be secured in the approximate center -of the pontoon to insure a good balance. For -the purpose of securing the upper end of the -third strut to the center of the propeller brace -a piece of wire 1¹⁄₂″ long should be secured to -the upper end of the strut and looped as shown -in <a href="#043">diagram 10</a>. The three pontoons should -now be covered with fiber paper and it is necessary -to exercise care to avoid punctures. For<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[47]</span> -the purpose of coating the fiber paper to render -it waterproof, a satisfactory solution can be -made by mixing banana oil with celluloid until -it has attained the desired thickness, after -which it should be applied to the covering of -the pontoons with a soft brush.</p> - -<p>For the main strut of the forward portion of -the chassis two pieces of ¹⁄₈″ bamboo, each -11″ in length, are required and these should -be bent over 1″ on one end as shown in the -<a href="#043">diagram</a>, that they may be fastened to the under -side of the frame members, one on either -side at a point on that member 11″ from the -front. Two similar pieces of bamboo, each -piece 8″ in length, are required to act as braces -between the frame members and the main -chassis struts. Each end of the braces should -be bent over in the same direction and in the -same manner as that described for the main -struts so that the fastening to the main frame -member and the main chassis struts may be -accomplished. Steam or an alcohol lamp may -be used in bending the ends of the pieces of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[48]</span> -bamboo. To make the chassis sufficiently -stable a piece of bamboo 7¹⁄₂″ should be fastened -from either side of the main chassis struts -at the point where the chassis brace on either -side meets with the main strut. The ends of -this cross brace should be bent in similar fashion -to the other braces to enable its being -fastened easily and permanently.</p> - -<p>For the accommodation of the pontoons two -strips of flat steel wire, each 4″ in length, -should be attached to the ends of the main -struts, about one inch from the bottom, the -farthest ends should be bent to grip the second -spar which joins the pontoons. Note <a href="#043">diagram 10</a>.</p> - -<p>To further strengthen the chassis a strip of -flat steel wire sufficiently long enough should be -bent so that ¹⁄₂″ of the central portion can be -securely fastened to the center of the cross -brace as shown in <a href="#043">diagram 10</a>. The two -outer ends should be bent down and are fastened -to the wires which are attached to the bottom -ends of the struts. This method of attaching -the forward pontoons enables the constructor -to adjust them to any desired angle -and also detach them when not in use.</p> - -<p>A model hydroaëroplane is one of the most -interesting types of models and if properly -taken care of will afford the constructor many -pleasant moments.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="048A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_048a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_048a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Erwin B. Eiring about to release R. O. G. Model. (Note - manner of holding propellers.) Kennith Sedgwick, tractor - record holder Milwaukee Model Club. Courtesy Gilbert - Counsell.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="048B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_048b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_048b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Waid Carl releasing R. O. G. Model. Courtesy Edward - P. Warner.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[49]</span></p> - -<h3>LAUNCHING AN R. O. G. OR MODEL HYDROAËROPLANE</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">Although</span> the method of determining the balance -of an R. O. G. or a model hydroaëroplane -is exactly the same as that of a hand launched -model, the manner of launching is somewhat -different. Instead of holding the model one -hand in the center of the frame and the other at -the rear as in the case of the hand launched -model, in launching an R. O. G. or hydro, the -model should be rested upon the ground or -water, as the case may be, with both hands -holding tightly to the propellers. Then when -about to let the model go release both propellers -instantly. If the model has sufficient power<span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[50]</span> -and it has been properly adjusted it will glide -over the surface of the ground or water for a -short distance, then rise into the air. Should -the model fail to rise into the air additional -strands of rubber should be added, after which -it should be rewound and a second attempt -made.</p> - -<p>Should the model fail to respond after the addition -of extra rubber, the indications are that -something requires further adjustment. Perhaps -the pontoons need further elevation if the -model is a hydro, or if it be an R. O. G. model -the forward wing may require an increase of -elevation. In any event the model should be -carefully examined and adjustments made -where necessary, after which the model should -be tested for balance and elevation. If satisfied -with the behavior of the model after test -flights have been made, another attempt should -be made to launch the model from the ground -or water.</p> - -<p>On no account try to fly the model in the -house, or see, supposing the model is of the R.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[51]</span> -O. G. type, if it will rise from the dining room -floor. This advice may seem unnecessary, but -it is not so, for there has been quite a number -of instances in which the above has been done, -nearly always with disastrous results, not always -to the model, more often to something of -much greater value. The smashing of windows -has often resulted from such attempts, -but generally speaking pictures are the worst -sufferers. It is equally unwise to attempt to -fly the model in a garden in which there are -numerous obstructions, such as trees and so -forth. A wrecked model is very often the result -of such experimenting. The safest way to -determine the flying ability of any model is to -take it out in an open field where its flight is -less apt to be interrupted.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[52]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="WORLD_RECORD_MODELS">WORLD RECORD MODELS</h2> -</div> - - -<h3>THE LAUDER DISTANCE AND DURATION MODEL</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">After</span> many months of experimentation Mr. -Wallace A. Lauder succeeded in producing a -model that proved to be one of his most successful -models. But a few years ago flights -of 1000 feet with a duration of 60 seconds were -considered remarkable. But so rapid has been -the development of the rubber strand driven -model that to-day it is hardly considered worth -while to measure a flight of 1000 feet, especially -in contests where models fly over 2500 -feet or 3537 feet which was the distance flown -by Mr. Lauder’s model during one of the contests -of the National Model Aëroplane competition -of 1915. Mr. Lauder’s model on several -occasions made flights of over 3500 feet with a -duration in each event of over 195 seconds. It -is therefore to be remembered that this model<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[53]</span> -is both a distance and duration model, both -qualities being seldom found in one model.</p> - -<p>Reference to the accompanying <a href="#054">drawing</a> -will give a clear idea of the constructional details.</p> - -<p>The frame or fuselage consists of two side -members 40″ in length, of straight grained -spruce. At the center each member is of approximately -circular cross section, and is ¹⁄₄″ in diameter. -The members taper to about ³⁄₁₆″ at -the ends, the circular cross section being maintained -throughout. The frame is braced by a -strip of bamboo of streamline form, extending -from one side member to the other, 18″ from -the apex of the frame. The ends of this frame -are bent to run parallel to the side members of -the frame where they are secured by binding -with silk thread and gluing. Piano wire hooks -are also secured to the side members of the -frame adjacent the ends of the cross brace, and -from these hooks extend wires of steel (No. 2 -music wire) which run diagonally to the rear -brace or propeller spar where they are secured.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[54]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="054"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_054.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_054.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 11</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[55]</span></p> - -<p>The frame is braced further by an upwardly -arched strip of bamboo, as shown in <a href="#054">diagram 11</a>, -this strip being 2¹⁄₂″ in height. At the top -of this brace are two bronze strips of No. 32 -gauge brass, one above the other, one on top of -the brace and the other below.</p> - -<p>Adjacent the ends of these strips of metal are -perforations through which pass bracing wires, -one of which wires runs to the front of the -frame where a hook is mounted for its reception, -and the other two wires extend to the rear -of the frame where they are secured to the propeller -brace. The propeller brace consists of -a strip of streamlined spruce 11³⁄₄″ in length, -the propellers being at an angle, thus clearance -is allowed ¹⁄₄″ wide at the center, tapering to -³⁄₁₆″ at the ends. The ends of the propeller -brace extend out one inch from the side members -of the frame, to allow room for the rubber -strands to be used as motive power. In order -to avoid slotting the ends of the side members -of the frame so that the propeller brace can be -secured therein, thin strips of bamboo are<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[56]</span> -secured above and below the end of each side -member, by binding with silk thread and gluing, -the space between these bamboo strips being -utilized for the brace which is securely -bound and glued therein. The propeller bearings -consist of strips of very thin bronze (No. -32 gauge), about ³⁄₁₆″ in width, bent over -⁵⁄₈″ strips of German silver tubing, the tubing -being soldered to the bronze strips and the -propeller brace, which fits between the upper -and lower portions of the bronze strips, is -securely bound and glued thereto.</p> - -<p>The propellers are cut from solid blocks of -pine, and are 12″ in diameter. The blade, at -its widest portion, measures 1³⁄₈″. The blades -are cut very thin, and in order to save weight, -they are not shellacked or painted.</p> - -<p>The propeller shafts are of piano wire (No. -20 size) to fit the tubing used in the bearings, -pass through the propellers and are bent over -on the outer side to prevent turning. A few -small bronze washers are interposed between -the propellers and the outer ends of the tubing -to minimize friction when the propellers are revolving. -Twelve strands of rubber are used -for each propeller, the rubber being ¹⁄₈″ flat.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="056A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_056a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_056a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Wallace A. Lauder distance and duration model</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="056B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_056b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_056b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Wallace A. Lauder R. O. G. Model</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[57]</span></p> - -<p>The wings are both double surfaced, and are -of the swept back type. The span of the main -wing is 28¹⁄₂″, with a chord of 6¹⁄₂″. The elevator -has a span of 15″ with a chord of 4³⁄₄″. -The main wing has eleven double ribs, these -ribs being built up on mean beams of spruce -¹⁄₁₆″ × ³⁄₁₆″, the front beam being placed 1¹⁄₄″ -from the entering edge, and the second beam -being 2″ back from the front beam. The entering -and trailing edges are formed from a single -strip of thin split bamboo, all the joints being -made by binding with thin silk and gluing.</p> - -<p>The elevator is constructed in like manner, -except that it only has seven ribs, and the measurements -are as above set forth. Both planes -are covered with goldbeater’s skin, sometimes -known as “Zephyr” skin, which is first glued in -place and then steamed, which tightens the -same on the plane, and given a coat of preparation -used for this purpose.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[58]</span></p> - - -<h3>THE HITTLE WORLD RECORD MODEL</h3> - -<p class="noindent center small">(SINGLE TRACTOR MONOPLANE, 116 seconds -DURATION RISING FROM WATER)</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> Hittle World record model hydroaëroplane, -designed and constructed by Mr. Lindsay -Hittle of the Illinois Model Aëro Club, is perhaps -one of the most interesting types of models -yet produced. The establishing of this record -illustrates the value of careful designing and -construction and offers to the beginner an example -which might be followed if good results -are sought. In having broken the world’s -model hydroaëroplane record with a tractor -type model Mr. Hittle accomplished a feat of -twofold importance. First, in having advanced -the possibilities of the tractor model, -and, second, in illustrating the value of scientific -construction. The previous record for<span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[59]</span> -this type of model has been but 29 seconds, just -one-fourth of the duration made by Mr. Hittle’s -model.</p> - -<p>Mr. Hittle’s model shows many new and -original features not hitherto combined on any -one model. Note <a href="#061">diagram 12</a>. The model is -of extremely light weight, weighing complete -but 1.75 ounces. The floats and their attachments -have been so designed as to offer the -least possible wind resistance. In fact every -possible method was utilized in order to cut -down weight and resistance on every part of -the model. As a result of this doing away with -resistance an excellent gliding ratio of 8³⁄₄ to 1 -has been obtained.</p> - -<p>For the motor base of the model a single stick -of white pine ⁵⁄₆″ deep and 45″ in length is used. -On the front end the bearing for the propeller -is bound with silk thread and a waterproof glue -of the constructor’s own composition being -used to hold it secure. For the bearing a small -light weight forging somewhat in the shape of -the letter “L” is used, this being made streamline.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[60]</span> -At the rear end of the engine base is attached -a piano wire hook for the rubber. The -stabilizer consisting of a segment of a circle -measuring 12″ × 8″ is attached to the under -side of the engine base. The rudder measuring -3¹⁄₂″ × 3¹⁄₂″ is attached to the stabilizer at -the rear of the engine base.</p> - -<p>The wing is built up of two beams of white -pine with ribs and tips of bamboo and has an -area of 215 square inches.</p> - -<p>The wing which has a total span of 43″ and -a chord of 5¹⁄₈″ is built up of two beams of -white pine with ribs and tips of bamboo and -has a total area of 215 square inches. The -wing is given a small dihedral and the wing tips -are slightly upturned at the rear.</p> - -<p>The trailing edge is longer than the entering -edge the ribs being placed somewhat oblique in -order to secure an even spacing. The wing is -attached to the frame by two small bamboo -clips which hold it rigidly and permit easy adjustment -and is set at an angle of about 4 -degrees with the line of thrust.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[61]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="061"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_061.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_061.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 12</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[62]</span></p> - -<p>Both the floats which take practically the whole weight -of the machine are situated directly under the -wing just far enough behind the center of -gravity to prevent the model from tipping backward. -These floats are attached to the engine -base by means of streamlined bamboo struts. -Bamboo is also used in the construction of the -float frames. A single float of triangular sections -is situated just behind the propeller. The -entire weight of the floats and their attachments -is but .23 ounces.</p> - -<p>The propeller which consists of four blades -is built up of two propellers joined together at -the hubs and securely glued, the completed propeller -having a diameter of 10″ with a theoretical -pitch of 14″. The blades are fairly narrow, -tapering almost to a point at the tips. -The propeller is driven by five strands of ³⁄₁₆th″ -strip rubber at about 760 r.p.m. when the -model is in flight. At the time when the model -made its record flight of 116 seconds the rubber -was given 1500 turns which is not the maximum -number of turns. At other times the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[63]</span> -model has flown satisfactorily with less turns -of the rubber. While in the air the model flies -very slow and stable notwithstanding its light -weight and large surface. On three occasions -the model has made durations of approximately -90 seconds which rather dispenses the possibility -of its being termed a freak.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[64]</span></p> - - -<h3>THE LA TOUR FLYING BOAT</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">One</span> of the most notable results of the National -Model Aëroplane Competition of 1915 -was the establishing of a new world’s record -for flying boats. Considering that the model -flying boat is a difficult type of model to construct -and fly, the establishing of this new -world record of 43 seconds is remarkable. -Credit for this performance is due Mr. Robert -La Tour of the Pacific Northwest Model Aëro -Club, who designed, constructed and flew the -model flying boat which is herewith described -and illustrated. <a href="#066">Diagram 13</a>.</p> - -<p>The frame is made of laminated spruce 40″ -in length, made of two strips glued together. -They are ³⁄₈″ × ¹⁄₈″ at the center tapering to -³⁄₁₆″ × ¹⁄₈″ at the ends. The cross braces are of -split bamboo and are fastened to the frame side -members by bringing them to a wedge at the -ends and then inserting them into slots in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[65]</span> -sides of the frame side members and are finally -drilled and bound to the latter. The rear brace -is of streamlined spruce ¹⁄₄″ × ¹⁄₈″; this butts -against the frame side members and is bound -to them. The propeller accommodations are -made of brass.</p> - -<p>The propellers are 10″ in diameter with a 19″ -pitch. These are carved from a block of -Alaska cedar 1¹⁄₄″ wide by ³⁄₄″ thick. Of -course the propellers may also be made from -white pine. To turn the propellers 15 strands -of ¹⁄₈″ flat rubber are used.</p> - -<p>Bamboo about ¹⁄₁₆″ square is used to obtain -the outline of the wings. The main wing has -a span of 33″ with a chord of 5¹⁄₂″. Split bamboo -is used for the making of the 9 ribs. The -wing spar or brace is of spruce ³⁄₁₆″ × ¹⁄₈″ and is -fastened below the ribs as illustrated in <a href="#066">diagram 13</a>. -The elevator is constructed in like -manner but has a span of only 17″ × 4³⁄₄″ and -has only 5 ribs. A block ³⁄₄″ high is used for -elevation. Both wings have a camber of ¹⁄₂″ -and are covered on the upper side with silk -doped with a special varnish and a few coats of -white shellac.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[66]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="066"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_066.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_066.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 13</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[67]</span></p> - -<p>The boat is 20″ long, 3″ in width and shaped -as shown. The slip is ¹⁄₂″ deep and is located -7″ from the bow. The rear end is brought -down steeply to avoid the drag of the water on -this point when the boat is leaving the surface -of the water. Spruce ³⁄₆₄ths of an inch thick is -used for the making of the sides, but the cross -bracing is of slightly heavier material, there being -six braces used throughout. The rear -brace is much heavier in order to withstand the -pull of the covering and to receive the ends of -the wire connections. The outriggers or balancing -pontoons are constructed of the same -material as that of the boat and are held together -by a spruce beam 18″ long, ¹⁄₂″ wide by -³⁄₁₆″ thick, streamlined. This beam is fastened -to the boat by means of three brads to permit -changing if necessary. The lower edges of the -outriggers should clear the water about ¹⁄₈″ before -the steps on the boat leave the water. The -boat and outriggers are covered with silk,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[68]</span> -shrunk with a special solution and then coated -several times with white shellac. It is a good -plan to shellac the interior walls of the boat and -pontoons before covering to prevent them from -losing their form by becoming soft from the -influence of water in the case of a puncture.</p> - -<p>The boat is connected to the frame at its -front by two steel wires, their ends being inserted -into the cross members of the boat, and -then brought up along the sides, crossed and -then bound to the frame. A similar pair of -connecting wires are used to connect the rear -end of the boat to the rear end of the frame. -A U-shaped wire is bound to the outrigger -beam and frame. A single diagonal strip of -bamboo is also fastened to the outrigger beam -with a brad, its upper end being bound to the -cross bracing of the frame, making a very solid -connection.</p> - -<p>Under ideal weather conditions this model -will fly on 12 strands of rubber with the possibility -of a better duration than has been made. -But, however, with 15 strands the model will<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[69]</span> -rise at every attempt. More rubber, however, -causes the bow of the boat to nose under and to -accommodate this increase of power the boat -should be lengthened.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[70]</span></p> - - -<h3>THE COOK NO. 42 WORLD RECORD MODEL</h3> - -<p class="noindent center small">(TWIN PROPELLER HYDROAËROPLANE, 100.6 -SECONDS RISING FROM WATER)</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">During</span> the National Model Aëroplane Competition -of 1915 held under the auspices of the -Aëro Club of America, a number of new world -records were established, one of which was for -twin propeller hydroaëroplanes. The credit -for this record is due Mr. Ellis C. Cook of the -Illinois Model Aëro Club, who succeeded in -getting his model hydroaëroplane—which by -the way is a rather difficult type of model to -operate—to rise from the water and remain in -the air for a duration of 100.6 seconds. This -model is of the common A frame design with -the floats or pontoons arranged in the familiar -fashion, two forward and one aft. The model -is fairly light, weighing, when complete, 3.33<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[71]</span> -ounces, ¹⁄₂ ounce of which is made up in rubber -strands for motive power. <a href="#073">Diagram 14</a>.</p> - -<p>The frame is made of two sticks of white -pine for side members, each member measuring -38¹⁄₄″ in length, ⁵⁄₁₆″ in depth, by ¹⁄₈″ in width. -These are cut to taper toward the ends where -they are only ¹⁄₈″ in width by ³⁄₁₆″ in depth in the -front and rear respectively. Three “X” strips -of streamlined bamboo measuring ³⁄₁₆″ in width -by ³⁄₆₄ths of an inch in depth, are used for bracing -the frame between the front and rear and -are arranged as shown in <a href="#073">diagram 14</a>. The -propeller bearings are of small streamlined -forgings of light weight, and are bound to the -rear end of each side member first by gluing, -then binding around with thread. The front -hook is made of No. 16 piano wire and is bound -to the frame as shown in <a href="#073">diagram 14</a>. The -chassis which holds the floats or pontoons is -made of ³⁄₃₂″ bamboo bent to shape and bound -to the frame members. By the use of rubber -strands the floats are attached to the chassis;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[72]</span> -the forward ones being attached so that angle -may be adjusted.</p> - -<p>The main wing has a span of 36″ and a -chord of 5″ and is constructed of two white -pine beams each 39″ long, with bamboo wing -tips. The ribs, seven in number, are also made -of bamboo and are spaced along the edges of -the wing at a distance of 4¹⁄₂″ apart. The -“elevator” or front wing has a span of 14″ and -a chord of 3¹⁄₄″, the framework of which is -made entirely of bamboo. The entering edge -of this wing is given a slightly greater dihedral -so that the angle of incidence at the tips is -greater than at the center. By this method the -added incidence in the front wing is obtained. -By the use of rubber bands both wings are attached -to the frame.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[73]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="073"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_073.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_073.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 14</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[74]</span></p> - -<p>The two forward floats are spaced eight inches -apart and are of the stepped type, the step -being 3¹⁄₂″ from the front and has a depth -of ¹⁄₈″. These two floats are separated by -two bamboo strips as shown in the <a href="#073">diagram</a>, -which are tied to the rounded portion of -the under carriage by small rubber bands. By -the sliding of these strips back and forth the -necessary angle of the floats may be obtained to -suit conditions. The floats are built up with -two thin pieces of white pine for sides, separated -by small pieces of wood about one-half -the size of a match in cross section. Chiffon -veiling which is used for the covering of the -wings, is also used for the covering of the -floats, after which it is covered with a special -preparation to render both the wings and the -floats air and water-tight.</p> - -<p>The two ten-inch propellers with which the -model is fitted have a theoretical pitch of twelve -and one-half inches. The propellers are -carved from blanks one-half inch thick, the -blades of the completed propellers having a -maximum width of one inch at a radius of -three inches. The propeller shafts are made -from No. 16 piano wire and have small washers -for bearings. Each propeller is driven by -three strands of ¹⁄₄″ strip elastic. The rubber<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[75]</span> -is given 1700 to 1750 turns and revolves the -propellers at 1150–1200 r.p.m., when the -model is in flight.</p> - -<p>The model usually runs over the surface of -the water for a distance of from two to three -feet before it rises, after which it climbs at a -very steep angle to the necessary altitude. -The model seems, when in flight, to be slightly -overpowered but this is misleading. The rubbers -usually unwind in from 85 to 90 seconds. -On four out of six flights this model has made -a duration of between 98 and 100 seconds -which is rather unusual for a model of this -type.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[76]</span></p> - - -<h3>THE RUDY FUNK DURATION MODEL</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">Of</span> the many different types of duration -models that have made their appearance during -the year of 1915 perhaps the model described -herewith, constructed and flown by -Mr. Rudolph Funk, of the Aëro Science Club, -was one of the most successful. Unlike most -models the propellers of this model are bent -and not cut. This model made its appearance -during the latter part of 1915, on several occasions -having flown for over 100 seconds duration. -<a href="#078">Diagram 15</a>.</p> - -<p>While retaining the important characteristics -of his standard model, slight changes have been -made. Instead of the usual wire for the construction -of the frame of the wings, bamboo is -used in its place for lightness and strength. -The wing frames are single surfaced, China<span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[77]</span> -silk being used for covering. The “dope” -which is used to render the silk airtight is made -by dissolving celluloid in banana oil. This in -turn is applied to the silk with a soft brush.</p> - -<p>The camber of the main wing is ³⁄₄″ at -the center, with a slight reduction towards -the negative tips; it also has a dihedral angle -of 2 degrees. The main beam, which is secured -to the under side of the frame for rigidness, is -of spruce 1″ by ⁵⁄₆₄″, tapering to ³⁄₄″ × ⁵⁄₆₄″. -The ribs for the main wing and small wing or -“elevator” are cut from solid pieces of bamboo -³⁄₁₆″ thick by ¹⁄₄″ wide. These pieces of bamboo -are first bent to the proper camber and are -then cut into strips each ¹⁄₁₆″ wide. The ribs -are next tapered to a V at the bottom, toward -the trailing edge, as shown in <a href="#078">diagram 15</a>, and -also toward the entering edge. To accommodate -the entering and trailing edges of the -frame, each rib is slit slightly at both ends. -Both edges of the frame are then inserted in the -slots at the ends of the ribs and bound around -with silk thread.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[78]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="078"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_078.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_078.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 15</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[79]</span></p> - -<p>The frame is composed of two sticks of silver -spruce 38″ in length, ⁵⁄₁₆″ × ³⁄₁₆″, tapering to -¹⁄₄″ × ⁵⁄₃₂″, held apart by a streamline bamboo -cross brace in the center. An additional brace -of bamboo is securely fastened across the frame -toward the front. The propeller brace consists -of a streamline-cut piece of bamboo 12¹⁄₂″ -in length by ³⁄₈″ in width at the center, tapering -to ¹⁄₄″ toward the ends. The propeller brace -is inserted in slots cut in the rear ends of the -frame members, then bound and glued.</p> - -<p>The propellers are bent from birch veneer, -the bending being done over an alcohol flame -as illustrated in <a href="#078">diagram 15</a>. But first of all -the blades are cut to shape, sandpapered and -finished before they are bent. As shown in the -drawing a slot is filed in the hub of each blade -to enable the propeller shaft to pass through -when both have been glued together. The -blades are then glued and bound together, first -by placing a piece of wire in the slots to insure -their being centered and also to prevent their -being filled with glue. After this has been done<span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[80]</span> -each propeller is given three coats of the same -dope as is used on the wings.</p> - -<p>The propeller bearings are turned out of -¹⁄₃₂″ bronze tubing, the length of each bearing -being ¹⁄₂″. Steel washers are slipped over -the propeller shaft, between the bearing and -propeller to insure smooth running. The propeller -shafts are made from steel hatpins which -are heated at both ends, one end of which is -bent into a loop to receive the rubber strands, -the other end being bent around the hub of the -propeller to prevent the shaft from slipping -during the unwinding of the rubbers. Two -strips of brass, each ¹⁄₄″ × 2″, are bent around -the one-half inch bearing and soldered. The -brass strips are then glued and bound onto the -ends of the propeller brace as shown in <a href="#078">diagram 15</a>.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="080A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_080a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_080a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Rudy Funk speed model</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="080B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_080b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_080b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Schober compressed air driven monoplane. McMahon - compressed air driven tractor (right)</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[81]</span></p> - - -<h3>THE ALSON H. WHEELER WORLD RECORD MODEL</h3> - -<p class="noindent center small">(TWIN PUSHER BIPLANE 143 SEC. DURATION -RISING FROM THE GROUND)</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Since</span> the beginning of model flying very -little attention has been paid to the model biplane. -Practically all records are held by -model aëroplanes of the monoplane type. -With this fact in view, the record established -by Mr. Wheeler with his Twin Pusher Biplane -is extraordinary, in so far as it surpasses many -of the monoplane records. This model is a -very slow flyer, and has excellent gliding ability. -At the time when this model flew and -broke the world’s record, the greater portion of -the flight consisted of a beautiful glide of 86 -seconds’ duration, after the power gave out, -making it possible for the model to remain in -the air for a duration of 143 seconds.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[82]</span></p> - -<p>The frame consists of two I-beams, each -48″ in length, running parallel, and spaced by -cross pieces, each piece 11¹⁄₂″ long. The -bearing blocks used made it possible for the -propellers to clear by one-half inch. Two 12″ -expanding pitch racing propellers are used -and these are mounted on ball bearing shafts. -The main upper plane has a span of 34″ with -a chord of 5″, the lower plane being 26″ by 5″. -The elevator consists of two planes, each measuring -14″ by 5″. Cork wheels are used, each -being one inch in diameter. For motive power -one-eighth inch flat rubber is used, this being -coated with glycerine to prevent sticking.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="082A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_082a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_082a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Alson H. Wheeler twin pusher Biplane</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="082B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_082b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_082b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">C. V. Obst tractor model</p> - </div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[83]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="A_MODEL_WARPLANE">A MODEL WARPLANE</h2> -</div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> model shown in the accompanying -<a href="#084">photograph</a> was constructed by Master R. -O’Neill, of Montreal, Canada. The machine -was designed after one of the leading warplanes -now in active service abroad and in -carrying out the entire features he did not fail -to include the identification marks which are -of utmost importance in the war zone.</p> - -<p>The dimensions of the model are as follows: -Length of fuselage, 23″; span of top wing, -33″; span of lower wing, 29″, both having a -chord of 7″. Motive power is derived from -two ¹⁄₈ inch square elastic strands which operate -a multiple gear to which is attached a -10″ propeller.</p> - -<p>In coloring the model a dull aluminum was -selected. Complete the model weighs 12 -ounces. Perhaps the most interesting feature<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[84]</span> -of the model is the ability to change it to a -monoplane by the removal of the upper wing -after which the lower wing is raised to the -sockets in the fuselage which were especially -arranged for that particular purpose.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="084"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_084_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_084_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Model warplane</p> - </div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[85]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="A_SIMPLE_COMPRESSED_AIR_ENGINE">A SIMPLE COMPRESSED AIR ENGINE</h2> -</div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">During</span> the past few years model flyers in -America have shown a tendency toward the -adoption of compressed air engines for use in -connection with model aëroplanes. Hitherto, -England has been the home of the compressed -air engine, where a great deal of experimenting -has been carried on, to a considerable degree -of success. Flights of over 40 seconds have -been made with models in which compressed -air power plants were used. But, however, the -desire on the part of a large majority of model -flyers in America to build scientific models, that -is, models more closely resembling large machines, -has made it necessary to find a more -suitable means of propulsion; rubber strands -being unsatisfactory for such purposes. Many -different types of compressed air engines have -made their appearance during the past few -years, among which the two cylinder opposed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[86]</span> -type is very favorably looked upon, because it -is perhaps one of the easiest to construct.</p> - -<p>To make a simple two cylinder opposed compressed -air power plant, as illustrated in <a href="#087">Figure 1 -of diagram 16</a>, it is not necessary that the -builder be in possession of a machine shop. A -file, drill, small gas blow torch and a small vise -comprise the principal tools for the making of -the engine.</p> - -<p>The first things needed in the making of this -engine are cylinders. For the making of the -cylinders two fishing rod ferrules, known as -female ferrules, are required. And for the -heads of the cylinders, two male ferrules are -required. Such ferrules can be secured at -most any sporting goods store. The female -ferrules should be filed down to a length of -2″, cut down on one side a distance of ³⁄₄ -of the diameter, then cut in from the end as -shown in <a href="#087">Figure 7</a>. When this has been done -the two male ferrules should be cut off a distance -of ¹⁄₈″ from the top as shown in <a href="#087">Figure -7-a</a>, to serve as heads for the cylinders.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">[87]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="087"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_087.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_087.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 16</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[88]</span></p> - -<p>A hole ¹⁄₈″ in diameter should be drilled in the center -of each head so as to enable the connecting of -the intake pipes. By the use of soft wire solder -the heads should be soldered into the ends of the -cylinders as shown in <a href="#087">Figure 1-d</a>.</p> - -<p>The pistons should now be made; for this purpose -two additional male ferrules are required. -These should be made to operate freely within -the cylinders by twisting them in a rag which -has been saturated with oil and upon which has -been shaken fine powdered emery. When they -have been made to operate freely they should -be cut down one-half inch from the closed end -as shown in <a href="#087">Figure 5-a</a>. For the connecting -rods, 2 pieces of brass tubing, each ¹⁄₈″ in -diameter by 1¹⁄₄″ long, are required, and, as -illustrated in <a href="#087">Figure 6</a>, should be flattened out -at either end and through each end a hole ³⁄₃₂″ -in diameter should be drilled. For the connecting -of the piston rods to the pistons, studs -are required, and these should be cut from a -piece of brass rod ¹⁄₄″ in diameter by ¹⁄₂″ -in length. As two studs are necessary, one<span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[89]</span> -for each piston, this piece should be cut in -half, after which each piece should be filed in -at one end deep enough to receive the end of -the connecting rod. Before soldering the -studs to the heads of the pistons, however, -the connecting rods should be joined to the -studs by the use of a steel pin which is passed -through the stud and connecting rod, after -which the ends of the pin are flattened, to keep -it in position as shown in <a href="#087">Figure 5-a</a>.</p> - -<p>For the outside valve mechanism and also to -serve in the capacity as a bearing for the crankshaft, -a piece of brass tubing ¹⁄₄″ in diameter -by 1¹⁄₂″ long is required. Into this should be -drilled three holes, each ¹⁄₈″ in diameter, and -each ¹⁄₂″ apart as shown in <a href="#087">Figure 4</a>. Next, -for the valve shaft and also propeller accommodation, -secure a piece of ³⁄₁₆″ drill rod 2″ long. -On the left hand side of the valve shaft, as -shown in <a href="#087">Figure 3</a>, a cut ¹⁄₃₂″ deep by ¹⁄₂″ in -length is made 1″ from the end. Another cut -of the same dimensions is made on the right -side only; this cut is made at a distance of ³⁄₈″ -from the stud end.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[90]</span></p> - -<p>As shown in <a href="#087">Figure 1-f</a>, the crank throw consists -of a flat piece of steel, ³⁄₃₂″ thick, ³⁄₈″ in -length by ¹⁄₄″ in width. At each end of the -crank throw a hole ³⁄₁₆″ in diameter should be -drilled, the holes to be one-half inch apart. -Into one hole a piece of steel drill rod ³⁄₃₂″ in -diameter by ¹⁄₄″ long is soldered, to which the -connecting rods are mounted, as shown in <a href="#087">Figure -1-f</a>. Into the other hole the stud end of the -crank throw is soldered.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="090A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_090a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_090a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Schober pusher type compressed air driven monoplane</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="090B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_090b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_090b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Schober compressed air driven biplane</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p>Before making the tank it is most desirable -to assemble the parts of the engine, and this -may be done by first fitting the pistons into the -cylinders as shown in <a href="#087">Figure 1-b</a>, after which -the cylinders should be lapped one over the -other and soldered as shown in <a href="#087">Figure 1-a</a>. -When this has been done a hole one-fourth of -an inch in diameter should be drilled half way -between the ends of the cylinders, and into -this hole should be soldered one end of the valve -casing shown in <a href="#087">Figure 4</a>. For the inlet pipes -as shown in <a href="#087">Figure 1-c</a> secure two pieces of -¹⁄₈″ brass tubing and after heating until soft,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[91]</span> -bend both to a shape similar to that shown in -<a href="#087">Figure 1-c</a>. When this has been done solder -one end to the end of the cylinder and the other -in the second hole of the valve shaft casing. -The valve shaft should now be inserted in the -valve shaft casing and the connecting rods -sprung onto the crank throw as shown in <a href="#087">Figure -1-d</a>. To loosen up the parts of the engine -which have just been assembled it should be -filled with oil and by tightly holding the crankshaft -in the jaws of a drill the engine can be -worked for a few minutes.</p> - -<p>The tank is made from a sheet of brass or -copper foil 15″ long by ¹⁄₁₀₀₀″ thick. This -is made in the form of a cylinder, the edges -of which are soldered together as shown in -<a href="#087">Figure 2</a>. Sometimes this seam is riveted -every one-half inch to increase its strength, -but in most cases solder is all that is required -to hold the edges together. For the caps, or -ends, the tops of two small oil cans are used, -each can measuring 2¹⁄₂″ in diameter. To -complete the caps two discs of metal should be<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[92]</span> -soldered over the ends of the cans where formerly -the spouts were inserted, the bottoms of -the cans having been removed. The bottom -edges of the cans should be soldered to the -ends of the tank as shown in <a href="#087">Figure 2</a>. Into -one end of the completed tank a hole large -enough to receive an ordinary bicycle air valve -should be drilled. <a href="#087">Figure 2</a>. Another hole is -drilled into the other end of the tank, into which -is soldered a small gas cock to act as a valve. -<a href="#087">Figure 2</a>. This should be filed down where -necessary, to eliminate unnecessary weight. -To connect the tank with the engine, a piece of -¹⁄₈″ brass tubing 3″ long is required, the ends -of which are soldered into the holes in the valve -shaft casing nearest the cylinders, as shown in -<a href="#087">Figure 1-ee</a>. As shown in <a href="#087">Figure 1-ee</a>, a hole -¹⁄₈″ in diameter is drilled in one side of this -piece, but not through, in the end nearest the -tank. Another piece of brass tubing ¹⁄₈″ in -diameter is required to connect the tank with -the engine, one end of which is soldered to the -cock in the tank, the other in the hole in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[93]</span> -pipe which leads from the engine to the tank, -illustrated in <a href="#087">Figure 1-ee</a>, thus completing the -engine.</p> - -<p>In conclusion it is suggested that the builder -exercise careful judgment in both the making -and assembling of the different parts of the -engine in order to avoid unnecessary trouble -and secure satisfactory results. After having -constructed an engine as has just been described, -the constructor may find it to his desire -to construct a different type of engine for experimental -purposes. The constructor therefore -may find the descriptions of satisfactory -compressed air engines in the following paragraphs -of suggestive value.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[94]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="COMPRESSED_AIR_DRIVEN_MODELS">COMPRESSED AIR DRIVEN MODELS</h2> -</div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> development of the compressed air engine -has given an added impetus to model making, -necessitating more scientific experimenting -and developing the art of model flying -along lines of greater value to those who may -eventually take up the work of building our -future air fleets.</p> - - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<h3>THE DART COMPRESSED AIR DRIVEN MODEL</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">In</span> the accompanying <a href="#094">illustration</a> is shown -a model aëroplane of monoplane type driven -by a three-cylinder rotary engine which was -constructed by Edward Willard Dart of South -Norwalk, Connecticut.</p> - -<p>The engine was constructed after several -months of patient labor. Careful judgment -was exercised in the drafting of the plane and -likewise in the assembling of the engine for -it is absolutely essential that all parts be properly -fitted as to enable the engine to run<span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">[95]</span> -smoothly. In designing the wings every detail -was taken into consideration to insure -good flying.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="094"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_094_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_094_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Model by Edward Willard Dart</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p>The main wing has a spread of 58″ and 7″ -in chord. The elevator measures 23″ in -spread and 6″ in chord. In the construction -of both wings bamboo ribs are used, the -frames being covered over with China silk and -coated with celluloid solution. The main -wing is made in two sections to facilitate quick -adjustment to the fuselage.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[96]</span></p> - - -<h3>THE MCMAHON COMPRESSED AIR DRIVEN MONOPLANE</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">One</span> of the latest developments in the field -of model flying is the McMahon compressed air -driven monoplane. This model was built to -be used as either a tractor or pusher, but in view -of its ability to balance more easily as a pusher -most of the experiments have been carried out -on this machine as a pusher. The machine in -itself is simple and inexpensive to construct, the -chief portion of the expense being involved in -the making of the engine. By using the machine -as a pusher a great deal of protection is -afforded both the propeller and engine, and this -protection helps to avoid damaging the propeller -or engine, which would mean an additional -expenditure for repairs, thus minimizing -the cost of flying the model.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[97]</span></p> - -<p>The frame has been made to accommodate -both the tank and engine, and this is done by -using two 30″ strips of spruce, each ¹⁄₄″ wide -by ³⁄₈″ deep, laid side by side, a distance of -three inches apart, up to within 10″ of the -front, as shown in the accompanying <a href="#098A">photograph</a>. -No braces are used on the frame, as -the tank, when securely fastened between the -frame, acts in that capacity.</p> - -<p>The wings are made in two sections, each -section measuring 24″ in span by 8″ in chord, -consisting of two main spars, ³⁄₁₆″ in diameter, -one for the entering edge and one for the trailing -edge. To these edges, at a distance of -three inches apart, are attached bamboo ribs, -18 in all, each measuring 8″ in length by ¹⁄₈″ -in width by ¹⁄₁₆″ thick. The wings are round -at the tips, and have a camber of approximately -one-half inch, but they are not set at an angle -of incidence. Light China silk is used for -covering and after being glued over the top of -the wing frame is given two coats of dope to -shrink and fill the pores of the fabric. A good<span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">[98]</span> -“dope” for the purpose can be made from celluloid -dissolved in banana oil. The wing sections -are attached to the frame and braced by -light wire. The forward wing or “elevator” is -made in the same manner as the main wing, but -should measure only 18″ × 3″. Instead of being -made in two sections as the main wing, the -forward wing is made in one piece.</p> - -<p>The chassis is made by forming two V struts -from strong steel wire sufficiently large enough -so that when they are attached to the frame of -the model the forward part will be 9″ above the -ground. One V strut is securely fastened to -either side of the frame, at a distance of 8″ -from the front. A 7″ axle is fastened to the -ends of these struts. On the axle are mounted -two light wheels, each about 2″ in diameter. -The chassis is braced by light piano wire.</p> - -<p>The rear skid is made in the same manner as -the forward skid, only that the ends of the -struts are brought together and a wheel 1 inch -in diameter is mounted at the bottom ends by -means of a short axle. The struts are not -more than 7¹⁄₂″ long, thus allowing a slight -angle to the machine when it is resting upon -the ground.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="098A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_098a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_098a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">John McMahon and his compressed air driven - monoplane</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="098B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_098b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_098b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Frank Schober preparing his model for flight. - Gauge to determine pressure of air may be - seen in photograph</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">[99]</span></p> - -<p>The machine complete does not weigh over -7 ounces. The power plant used in connection -with this model is of the two cylinder opposed -engine type, with tank such as has just been -described in the foregoing chapter.</p> - -<p>The tank is mounted in the frame by drilling -a ¹⁄₁₆″ hole through either end of the tank, -through which a drill rod of this diameter can -be inserted. About ³⁄₄ths of the drill rod -should extend out on each side of the tank, to -permit the fastening of the tank to the frame -side members. This method of mounting the -tank serves two purposes to a satisfactory degree. -First, it permits secure fastening; second, -as the rods are passed through the side and -cap of the tank they help materially in preventing -the caps from being blown off in the event -of excessive pressure.</p> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[100]</span></p> - - -<h3 class="nobreak" id="THE_MCMAHON_COMPRESSED_AIR_DRIVEN">THE MCMAHON COMPRESSED AIR DRIVEN -BIPLANE</h3> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">In</span> the McMahon model we find a very satisfactory -type of compressed air driven model. -On several occasions this model has made -flights of over 200 feet with a duration of between -10 and 15 seconds, and the indications -are that by the use of a more powerful engine -the model can be made to fly a greater distance, -with a corresponding increase of duration. -The engine used in connection with the model -is of the two cylinder opposed type, such as -described in the foregoing paragraphs. The -tank, however, is somewhat different in design -from that just described, it having been made -of 28 gauge sheet bronze, riveted every one-half -inch. The two long bolts that hold the -steel caps on either end of the tank also serve as -attachments for the spars that hold the tank to -the engine bed, as shown in <a href="#102">diagram 17</a>. The -tank has been satisfactorily charged to a pressure<span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">[101]</span> -of 200 lbs. per square inch, but only a pressure -of 150 lbs. is necessary to operate the -engine. The tank measures 10″ in length by -3″ in diameter and weighs 7 ounces.</p> - -<p>The wings of this machine are single surfaced -and covered with fiber paper. The top -wing measures 42″ in span by 6″ in chord. -The lower wing is 24″ by 6″. The wings have -a total surface of 396 square inches and are -built up of two ³⁄₁₆″ dowel sticks, flattened to -streamline shape. Only two sets of uprights -separate the wings, thus adding to the streamline -appearance of the machine.</p> - -<p>Both tail and rudder are double surfaced and -are built entirely of bamboo for lightness, -the tail being made in the form of a half circle -measuring 12″ by 8″. Steel wire is used -on the construction of the landing chassis, the -chassis being so designed as to render it capable -of withstanding the most violent shock that it -may possibly receive in landing. The propeller -used in connection with the model is 14″ in diameter -and has an approximate pitch of 18″.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">[102]</span></p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="102"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_102.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_102.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 17</p> - </div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">[103]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="COMPRESSED_AIR_ENGINES">COMPRESSED AIR ENGINES</h2> -</div> - - -<h3>THE WISE COMPRESSED AIR ENGINE</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">Although</span> of peculiar construction, the -Wise rotary compressed air engine offers a -very interesting design from a viewpoint of ingenuity. -This engine embodies a number of -novel features not hitherto employed in the construction -of compressed air engines, and in -view of the fact that the majority of compressed -air engines are made on the principle of -the opposed type, this engine suggests many -possibilities for the rotary type engine.</p> - -<p>The engine consists of five cylinders and -weighs four ounces, including the propeller and -mounting frame. On a pressure of 15 lbs. the -engine will revolve at a speed of 1000 r.p.m. -The connecting rods are fastened to the crankshaft -by means of segments and are held by -two rings, making it possible to remove any one<span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">[104]</span> -piston without disturbing the others. This is -done by simply removing a nut and one ring. -The crank case is made from seamless brass -tubing, into which the cylinders are brazed. -The valve cage and cylinder heads are also -turned separately and brazed. One ring only -is used in connection with the pistons. The -cylinders have a bore of ¹¹⁄₃₂″, with a piston -stroke of ⁷⁄₁₆″. In view of the fact that pull -rods show a greater tendency to overcome centrifugal -force, they are used instead of push -rods to operate the valves. The crankshaft has -but one post, which is uncovered in turn by each -inlet pipe as the engine revolves. The “overhang” -method is used to mount this engine to -the model. With the exception of the valve -springs, the entire engine, including the mounting -frame and tank, is made of brass.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="104A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_104a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_104a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Wise five cylinder rotary compressed air engine</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<h3>THE SCHOBER-FUNK COMPRESSED AIR ENGINE</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">Two</span> of the most enthusiastic advocates of -the compressed air engine for use in model aëroplanes -are Messrs. Frank Schober and Rudolph<span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">[105]</span> -Funk, both members of the Aëro Science Club. -For a number of months both these gentlemen -have experimented with compressed air engines -of various designs, until they finally produced -what is perhaps one of the most satisfactory -rotary engines now in use, from a standpoint -of simplicity and results.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="104B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_104b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_104b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Schober-Funk three cylinder rotary engine</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p>As can be seen from the accompanying <a href="#104B">illustration</a>, -this little engine is remarkably simple -in appearance. The engine complete, with -equipment, weighs at the most but 14 ounces. -The cylinders, three in all, are stamped from -brass shells for strength and lightness. The -pistons are made from ebony fiber. The cylinders -have a bore of ⁵⁄₈″, with a piston stroke -of ¹⁄₂″. The crank case is built up from -a small piece of brass tubing and is drilled -out for lightness. The crankshaft is hollow, -and is supported at the rear by a special bearing -which acts as a rotary valve, admitting the -intake through the crankshaft and permitting -the exhaust to escape through a specially constructed -bearing.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[106]</span></p> - -<p>The tank is constructed of 30 gauge sheet -bronze, wire wound, and fitted at the ends with -spun brass caps. The actual weight of the -engine alone is 2¹⁄₂ ounces, the tank and fittings -weighing 11¹⁄₂ ounces, making the total weight -of the complete power plant 14 ounces.</p> - - -<h3>THE SCHOBER FOUR CYLINDER OPPOSED ENGINE</h3> - -<p>Another interesting type of compressed air -engine that has been developed in America is -the Schober four cylinder opposed engine. -While this engine is different in appearance -from most compressed air engines, it has been -made to work satisfactorily and is consistent -with the same high class construction that is -displayed in most all of Mr. Schober’s engines. -The accompanying <a href="#107">diagram 18</a> illustrates the -method of operation of the four cylinder engine.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[107]</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="107"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_107.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_107.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 18</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">[108]</span></p> - -<p>The crank case is constructed from four -pieces of 24 gauge spring brass, substantially -connected in the form of a rectangle, the top -and bottom being left open. The front and -rear walls have flanges which engage the inside -of the side walls and are secured thereto by -four small screws on each side, thereby making -it an easy matter to take the crank case apart.</p> - -<p>The four cylinders are made from drawn -brass shells and have a bore of ¹⁄₂″ and stroke -of ¹⁄₂″. The pistons are made of solid -red fiber. The two-throw crankshaft is -built up of steel with brass webs. The -bearings are of steel. The valves, being overhead, -are driven by a gear mounted at the end -of the crankshaft, the gear driving the valve -shaft by means of a gear on that shaft, with -which the crankshaft gear meshes. The valve -arrangement, as shown in <a href="#107">diagram 18</a>, consists -of four recesses cut into the valve shaft, two -of which allow the air to pass from the inlet -pipes, which lead into the valve chamber at the -center of same, to two of the cylinders at once, -while the other two recesses allow the exhaust -to pass from openings in the sides of the valve -chamber.</p> - -<p>The cylinders are secured to the side plates<span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">[109]</span> -of the crank case so that when those side plates -are removed, the cylinders are removed with -them. The pipes are detachable at their centers; -small pipes running to the heads of the -cylinders extending into the larger pipes which -run to the valve chamber. This arrangement -is shown in the end view of the engine. A 17″ -propeller is used in connection with this engine.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">[110]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="GASOLINE_ENGINES">GASOLINE ENGINES</h2> -</div> - - -<h3>THE JOPSON 1 H. P. GASOLINE ENGINE FOR MODEL AËROPLANES</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">During</span> the past few years several attempts -have been made, both in this country and -abroad, to produce a reliable gasoline engine for -model aëroplane work, but mostly without any -degree of success. The reason for this inability, -no doubt, is due to the scarcity of small -working parts sufficiently light and at the same -time reliable. The engine described herewith, -designed by Mr. W. G. Jopson, a member of the -Manchester Aëro Club, England, is one of the -few that have been made to work satisfactorily.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="108A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_108a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_108a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="108B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_108b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_108b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">The interesting horizontal-opposed Jopson gasoline engine - for model aëroplanes. The top photograph shows the - half-speed shaft and the arrangement of the valve mechanism. - This engine is air cooled, develops 1 h.p. at 1,500 - r.p.m., and weighs 7¹⁄₂ lbs., including gasoline tank and - propeller. The bottom view shows the engine with propeller - <i>in situ</i>. Courtesy <i>Flight</i>.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p>As the accompanying diagrams <a href="#112">19</a> and <a href="#115">20</a> -and <a href="#108A">photograph</a> show, the engine is of the four-cycle, -horizontal opposed type, having two cast-iron -cylinders of 1¹⁄₄″ bore and 1³⁄₈″ stroke. -Each cylinder is cast in one piece, and as the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[111]</span> -engine is air cooled, they are cast with radiating -fins. One h.p. is developed at 1500 r.p.m. -The total weight of the engine, gasoline tank -and propeller is 7¹⁄₂ lbs. In preparing the design -of this engine, the designs of similar full-sized -aëro engines were followed as far as possible. -The pistons are similar to those used -on large aëro engines and are fitted with two -rings; the crankshaft is turned out of two inch -special bar steel, and is carried in two phosphor-bronze -bearings. There is no special -feature about the connecting rods, these being -of the standard type, but very strong and light. -To enable the two cylinders to be exactly opposite -one another, the connecting-rods are offset -in the pistons and are connected to the latter -by gudgeonpins. The aluminum crank case -is extremely simple, being cylindrical and -vertically divided. The inlet valves are automatic, -the exhaust valves being mechanically -operated; the camshaft is driven from the -main shaft by two-to-one gearing.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[112]</span></p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="112"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_112.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_112.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 19<br /><br /> - Sectional elevation of the 1 h.p. Jopson gasoline engine for - models. The disposition of the gasoline tank and wick - carburettor is particularly noteworthy. It will be seen - that metal journals are provided for the crankshaft, - which is turned out of 2-inch bar steel. Courtesy <i>Flight</i>.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[113]</span></p> - -<p>To assist the exhaust, and also the cooling, small holes -are drilled round the cylinder in such a position -that when the piston is at the inner end of its -stroke, these holes are uncovered, thus permitting -the hot exhaust to escape, and so relieve -the amount passing through the exhaust valves. -The commutator is also driven off the camshaft, -as shown in the drawing. No distributor -is fitted to the commutator, as small ones -are somewhat troublesome and very light coils -are obtainable at a reasonable price.</p> - -<p>The gasoline tank is made of copper in -streamline form, and is usually fitted to the -back of the crankcase, thus reducing the head -resistance, but if desired it can be fitted in any -other position. The action of the carburetor -can be easily seen from the drawings; it is of -the surface type and much simpler, lighter and -quite as efficient as the spray type. Specially -light and simple spark plugs are used, that -give very little trouble. The propeller used in -connection with this engine is somewhat out of -the ordinary, having been specially designed -for this engine, and patented. The propeller<span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">[114]</span> -is made entirely of aluminum and has a variable -pitch, this being easily obtainable, as the -blades are graduated so that any desired pitch, -within certain limits, may be given at once. -The results of a series of tests on a 30 inch propeller -are shown on the accompanying <a href="#115">chart</a>, -and from it the thrust as certain speeds with a -certain pitch can be obtained. Taking the engine -running at 1540 r.p.m. with a pitch of 15″, -the thrust comes out at 9¹⁄₂ lbs., or more than -the weight of the engine and accessories.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">[115]</span></p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="115"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_115.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_115.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Diagram 20<br /><br /> - Diagram of results obtained from tests of the 1 h.p. Jopson - model gasoline engine, showing the thrust in pounds at - varying speeds with propellers of different pitch. Courtesy - <i>Flight</i>.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">[116]</span></p> - - -<h3>THE MIDGET AËRO GASOLINE ENGINE</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">Although</span> numerous model constructors in -America are experimenting with model gasoline -engines, the Midget Gasoline Engine, the -product of the Aëro Engine Company, Boston, -Massachusetts, is perhaps the most satisfactory -up to the present time. An engine of this -type was used by Mr. P. C. McCutchen of -Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in his 8 foot Voisin -Type Biplane Model, for which he claims -a number of satisfactory flights.</p> - -<p>The engine is made from the best iron, steel, -aluminum and bronze and the complete weight -including a special carburetor, spark plug and -spark coil is 2¹⁄₂ lbs. From the top of the cylinder -head to the bottom of the crank case the -engine measures 7″. It is possible to obtain -from this engine various speeds from 400 to -2700 r.p.m., at which speed it develops ¹⁄₂ h.p. -The propeller used in connection with this -engine measures 18″ in diameter and has a -13″ pitch.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe25 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="116"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_116_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_116_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">The Midget ¹⁄₂ H. P. gasoline engine</p> - </div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">[117]</span></p> - -<p>It might be of interest to know that one of -the parties responsible for the development of -this engine is Mr. H. W. Aitken, a former -model maker and who is now connected with -one of the largest aëro engine manufacturing -companies in America.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">[118]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="STEAM_POWER_PLANTS">STEAM POWER PLANTS</h2> -</div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">Aside</span> from the compressed air engine there -is the steam driven engine which has been used -abroad to considerable degree of success. -Owing to the difficulty in constructing and -operating a steam driven engine, very few -model flyers in America have devoted any attention -to the development of this engine as a -means of propulsion for model aëroplanes. -But irrespective of the limitations of the steam -engine a great deal of experimentation has been -carried on in England, and without doubt it will -soon be experimented with in America.</p> - - -<h3>H. H. GROVES STEAM POWER PLANTS</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">Perhaps</span> -one of the most successful steam power -plants to have been designed since the development -of the Langley steam driven model, is the -Groves type of steam power plant, designed by -Mr. H. H. Groves, of England. On one occasion -several flights were made with a model<span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">[119]</span> -driven by a small steam engine of the Groves -type weighing 3 lbs. The model proved itself -capable of rising from the ground under its -own power and when launched it flew a distance -of 450 feet. This is not a long flight when -compared with the flight made by Prof. Langley’s -steam driven model on November 28, -1896, of three-quarters of a mile in 1 minute -and 45 seconds, but the size of the models and -also that Mr. Groves’ model only made a duration -of 30 seconds, must be considered. The -model was loaded 12 ounces to the square foot -and had a soaring velocity of some 20 m.p.h. -The total weight of the power plant was 1¹⁄₂ -lbs. Propeller thrust 10 to 12 ounces. The -total weight of the model was 48 ounces. The -type of steam plant used in connection with this -model was of the flash boiler, pressure fed type, -with benzoline for fuel.</p> - -<p>Mr. Groves has done considerable experimenting -with the steam driven type power -plant. Many of the designs used in the construction -of steam plants for models are taken<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">[120]</span> -from his designs. A Groves steam power -plant is employed in one of Mr. V. E. Johnson’s -(Model Editor of <i>Flight</i>) model hydroaëroplanes, -the first power-driven, or “mechanically -driven” model hydroaëroplane (so far as can -be learned) to rise from the surface of the -water under its own power. This model has a -total weight of 3 lbs. 4 ounces.</p> - - -<h3>G. HARRIS’S STEAM ENGINE</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">Another</span> advocate of the steam driven type -model is Mr. G. Harris, also of England. Several -good flights were made by Mr. Harris -with his pusher type monoplane equipped with -a steam driven engine. As a result of his experiments -he concluded that mushroom valves -with a lift of ¹⁄₆₄ part of an inch were best, -used in connection with the pump, and at least -12 feet of steel tubing should be used for boiler -coils. The first power plant constructed by -Mr. Harris contained a boiler coil 8 feet long, -but after he had replaced this coil with one 12 -feet long, irrespective of the fact that the extra -length of tube weighed a couple of ounces, the -thrust was increased by nearly a half pound.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="120A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_120a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_120a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">An English steam power plant for model aëroplanes. - Courtesy <i>Flight</i>.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="120B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_120b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_120b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">Model hydroaëroplane owned by V. E. Johnson, Model Editor - of <i>Flight</i>, England, equipped with an H. H. Groves - steam power plant. This model is the first power driven—as - far as can be learned—to rise from the surface of the - water under its own power. Courtesy <i>Flight</i>.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">[121]</span></p> - -<p>The principal parts used in Mr. Harris’s steam -power plant was an engine of the H. H. Groves -type, twin cylinder, ⁷⁄₈″ bore with a piston -stroke of ¹⁄₂″. The boiler was made from 12″ -of ³⁄₁₆″ × 20″ G. steel tubing, weighing 10.5 -ounces. The blow lamp consisted of a steel -tube, ⁵⁄₃₂″ × 22″ G. wound round a carbide -carrier for a nozzle. The tank was made -of brass ⁵⁄₁₀₀₀″ thick. The pump, ⁷⁄₃₂″ bore, -stroke variable to ¹⁄₂″, fitted with two non-return -valves (mushroom type) and was geared -down from the engine 4.5 to 1.</p> - - -<h3>PROFESSOR LANGLEY’S STEAM ENGINE</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> Langley steam driven model, of which -so much has been said, and which on one occasion -flew a distance of one-half mile in 90 seconds, -had a total weight of 30 lbs., the engine -and generating plant constituting one-quarter -of this weight. The weight of the complete -plant worked out to 7 lbs. per h.p. The engine -developed from 1 to 1¹⁄₂ h.p. A flash type -boiler was used, with a steam pressure of from -150 to 200 lbs., the coils having been made of -copper. A modified naphtha blow-torch, such<span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">[122]</span> -as is used by plumbers, was used to eject a blast -or flame about 2000 Fahrenheit through the -center of this coil. A pump was used for circulation -purposes. With the best mechanical -assistance that could be obtained at that date, -it took Professor Langley one year to construct -the model.</p> - - -<h3>FRENCH EXPERIMENTS WITH STEAM POWER PLANTS</h3> - -<p><span class="smcap">About</span> ten months after Langley’s results, -some experiments were carried out by the -French at Carquenez, near Toulon. The -model used for the experiments weighed in -total 70 lbs., the engine developing more than -1 h.p. As in the Langley case, twin propellers -were used, but instead of being mounted side by -side, they were mounted one in front and the -other behind. The result of these experiments -compared very poorly with Langley’s. A -flight of only 462 feet was made, with a duration -of a few seconds. The maximum velocity -is stated to have been 40 m.p.h. The span of -this model was a little more than 6 meters, or -about 19 feet, with a surface of more than 8 -square meters, or about 80 square feet.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="122A"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_122a_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_122a_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">An English hydroaëroplane of tractor design equipped with - steam power plant. Courtesy <i>Flight</i>.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="122B"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_122b_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_122b_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">On the left an English 10 oz. Compressed air driven biplane. - On the right, the engine shown fitted with a simple - speedometer for experimental purposes. Courtesy <i>Flight</i>.</p> - </div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">[123]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CARBONIC_GAS_ENGINE">CARBONIC GAS ENGINE</h2> -</div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> six-cylinder carbonic gas engine described -herewith is the product of Mr. Henry -Rompel, Kansas City, Missouri.</p> - -<p>This is perhaps one of the most interesting -of its kind to have been developed during 1916, -and its appearance in the model aëroplane -field adds weight to the claim that mechanical -engines will soon replace the rubber strand as -motive power for model aëroplanes.</p> - -<p>Mr. Rompel’s engine is of rotary, carbonic -gas type, having six cylinders, a bore of ⁵⁄₈″ -and a stroke of ³⁄₄″.</p> - -<p>The intake is derived through a rotary valve -which also acts as a crank shaft bearing, thereby -saving weight.</p> - -<p>The exhaust is accomplished by mechanically -operated valves situated in the heads of the -cylinders being opened by the aid of rocker<span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">[124]</span> -arms and push rods, which gain their timing -from a cam placed on the crankshaft.</p> - -<p>To save weight in construction the crankshaft, -connecting rods, pistons and cylinders -were made of telescopic tubing with a side wall -of one thirty-second of an inch or less in thickness.</p> - -<p>The engine has a swing of 5¹⁄₂″ over all, -weighs a little less than 8 ounces complete, -and is operated on 1,500 pounds pressure (carbonic -gas) and at a speed of 3,500 to 3,700 -r.p.m. will develop about 1 horse power. -While spinning a 17″ propeller with a pitch -of 20 inches it will deliver a thrust of 21 -ounces, and has a duration of 40 seconds. -Two hundred and fifty-six pieces were embodied -in its construction.</p> - -<div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="figcenter illowe35 mt2 mb2" style="max-width: 65.5em;" id="124"> - <a rel="nofollow" href="images/i_b_124_fp.jpg"> - <img class="w100" src="images/i_b_124_fp.jpg" alt="" /> - </a> - <div class="caption"> - <p class="noindent center small">The Rompel six-cylinder carbonic gas engine</p> - </div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">[125]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="THE_FORMATION_OF_MODEL">THE FORMATION OF MODEL -CLUBS</h2> -</div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">To</span> form a model aëroplane club at least six -interested persons are necessary. As soon as -a place in which to hold meetings has been -decided upon the club should proceed to elect -a director whose duty should be to manage the -affairs of the club. One of the first things to -be considered is the name under which the -club will operate; the custom is usually to adopt -the name of the town or city in which the club -is located, viz.: Concord Model Aëro Club, -Concord, Massachusetts, although it is the -privilege of the majority of the members to -choose a name such as they might feel will best -benefit the purpose for which the club was organized. -As in the case of the Aëro Science -Club of America, this club was formed for the -purpose of stimulating interest in model<span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[126]</span> -aëronautics and to help those who might become -interested therein, not only in New York City -but throughout the entire United States.</p> - -<p>When the matter of name and place has -been settled the club should decide upon the -course it is to follow, first by electing <span class="smcap">officers</span> -and second by preparing a <span class="smcap">constitution -and by-laws</span>. In the case of clubs whose -membership does not comprise more than six -members, it does not seem desirable to have -more than one officer, namely, a <span class="smcap">director</span>, -who might perform the duties of a president, -treasurer and secretary until the club has -reached a larger membership. In this way -the members are enabled to concentrate upon -the construction and flying of models and to -engage in such other activities as to carry out -the purpose for which the club was organized. -However, the foregoing is merely a suggestion -on the part of the writer, who by the way is a -member of the Aëro Science Club of America -and formerly acted in the capacity of secretary -to that club.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[127]</span></p> - -<p>Clubs whose membership totals more than -twelve, however, should proceed to elect a President, -Treasurer and Secretary, all of whom -must receive a vote of at least two-thirds of -the membership. With clubs of this size a -director is not needed as the affairs of the club -are usually entrusted with the governing officers, -the President, Treasurer and Secretary. -In as much as the constitution and by-laws are -an important factor in the affairs of any -model club, the governing officers, before mentioned, -should hold a private meeting at the -earliest moment whereat to frame a constitution -and set of by-laws embodying the purposes -and policy of the club. When the proposed -constitution and by-laws are completed -they should be presented to the members for -approval after which a copy should be given -to every member.</p> - -<p>The following is a specimen of constitution -and by-laws that might be used by any person -or persons desiring to form a Model Aëro -Club:</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">[128]</span></p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS OF A MODEL AËROPLANE CLUB</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Article 1. Name.</span> The name of this -club will be known as The .......... Model -Aëro Club.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Purpose.</span> The object of this club shall be -to study and increase the interest in the science -of aëronautics in every way possible and to -realize this object, shall construct and fly model -aëroplanes, gliders and man carrying machines.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Further</span>, Contests shall be held for model -aëroplanes and prizes awarded to the winners -thereof. And as a further step in the advancement -of this art, meetings, lectures, -discussions, debates and exhibitions will be -held.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Article 2. Membership.</span> Any person -may become a member of this club provided -his application receives the unanimous approval -of the majority of members, or is passed -upon by the membership committee. A member<span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">[129]</span> -may resign his membership by written communication -to the secretary who shall present -it to the membership committee to be passed -upon.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Article 3. Officers.</span> The officers of this -organization shall be a President, Vice-president, -Secretary and Treasurer and a board of -governors to consist of said officers. The -president and vice-president shall constitute -the executive committee of the board of governors, -with full powers to act for them in the -affairs of the club. The election of officers -shall take place at the first meeting held during -the month of .......... of each year and -shall hold office for one year. In the event -of a vacancy in the office of the President the -Vice-president or next highest officer present -shall preside. Any other vacancy shall be filled -by an officer temporarily appointed by the President. -The President shall preside at all meetings -of the club and of the board of governors, -and shall perform such other duties as usually -pertain to that office. The President shall<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">[130]</span> -have full authority to appoint committees or -boards as may be necessary to further the interests -of the club.</p> - -<p>The Secretary shall keep a record of all -meetings of the club, board of governors and -committees and shall use the seal of the club -as may be directed by the executive committee. -Further, he shall issue notices to officers -and members of all special meetings and perform -such other duties as may be assigned him -by the constitution, by the club or by the board -of governors.</p> - -<p>The Treasurer shall have charge of the -funds of the club, receive all moneys, fees, dues, -etc.; pay all bills approved by the board of governors, -and preserve all proper vouchers for -such disbursements.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center small p2">RULES FOR CONTESTS</p> - -<p>We now come to the matter of contests. As -there are many different types of models so -must there be rules to correspond to avoid misunderstandings, -and until the club has reached<span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[131]</span> -the stage where it may decide upon a particular -set of rules under which its members -should participate perhaps the following set -of rules, applicable to contests for hand -launched models, can be adopted. In so far -as there are different rules for different contests, -namely, hand launched, R. O. G. and -R. O. W. and mechanical driven, the following -rules are used only in connection with contests -for hand launched models; rules for other contests -follow:</p> - - -<p class="noindent center small p2">RULES</p> - -<p>A contest to be official must have at least five -contestants.</p> - -<p>Each contestant must abide by the rules of -the contest and decision of the judges.</p> - -<p>Each contestant must register his name, age, -and address before the event.</p> - -<p>Each contestant must enter and fly models -made by himself only.</p> - -<p>Trials to start from a given point indicated -by the starter of the trials, and distance to be -measured in a straight line from the starting<span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[132]</span> -point to where the model first touches the -ground, regardless of the curves or circles it -may have made. Each contestant must have -his models marked with his name and number -of his models (1, 2, 3, etc.), and each model -will be entitled to three official trials. Contestant -has the privilege of changing the planes -and propellers as he may see fit, everything -to be of his own construction, but only three -frames can be used in any contest. If in the -opinion of the board of judges there are too -many entries to give each one nine flights in -the length of time fixed, the judges have the -power to change that part of rule No. 6 to the -following:</p> - -<p>“Six flights or less, as circumstances may -require, will be allowed to each contestant, -which can be made with one model or any one -of three entered; all of his own construction; -due notice must be given to each contestant of -the change.”</p> - -<p>No trial is considered as official unless the -model flies over 100 feet from the starting<span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">[133]</span> -point. (The qualifying distance can be -changed by agreement between the club and -the starter provided the entrants are notified.) -Should the rubber become detached from the -model, or the propeller drop off during the -trial, the trial is counted as official, provided -the model has covered the qualifying distance. -No matter what may happen to the model after -it has covered the qualifying distance the flight -is official. Contests should cover a period of -three hours, unless otherwise agreed.</p> - -<p>No contestant shall use the model of another -contestant, although the former may have -made it himself.</p> - -<p>The officials should be: a starter, measurer, -judge and scorer; also three or four guards to -keep starting point and course clear. The -first three officials shall, as board of judges, -decide all questions and disputes. A space 25 -feet square (with stakes and ropes) should be -measured off for officials and contestants, together -with an assistant for each contestant. -All others must be kept out by the guards and a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">[134]</span> -space kept clear (at least 25 feet) in front of -the starting point, so a contestant will not be -impeded in making his trial.</p> - -<p>Each official should wear a badge, ribbon or -arm band designating his office, and must be -upheld in his duties.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center small p2">HANDICAPS</p> - -<p>At the discretion of the club there may be -imposed a handicap for club events as follows: -A contestant in order to win must exceed his -last record with which he won a prize.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center small p2">COMBINATION AND DURATION EVENTS</p> - -<p>First, second and third records to count. -Lowest number of points to win. For example:</p> - -<p>A may have 1st in distance and 2nd in duration, -3 total points.</p> - -<p>B may have 3rd in distance and 1st in duration, -4 total points.</p> - -<p>C may have 2nd in distance and 3rd in duration, -5 total points.</p> - -<p>Accordingly A wins.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[135]</span></p> - - -<p class="noindent center small p2">R. O. G. CONTESTS</p> - -<p class="noindent center">(Rising from the Ground)</p> - -<p>Models to be set on the ground and allowed -to start off without any effort on the part of -the contestant. Models should rise from the -ground before reaching a predetermined mark, -no flight to be considered unless it does so. -Contestant may start at any length back from -the mark, but the distance is to be measured -only from the mark.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center small p2">MECHANICALLY DRIVEN MODEL CONTESTS</p> - -<p>For duration, or distance, contests for mechanically -driven models might be held under -the same ruling that applies to R. O. G. models. -But owing to the many types of engines used -in mechanically driven models, definite rules -for the holding of such a contest must be left -to the discretion of the club or contestants.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center small p2">EVENTS OPEN TO ALL</p> - -<p>These events are open to all, with no handicaps -to be imposed on either club members or -others.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">[136]</span></p> - - -<p class="noindent center small p2">INTER-CLUB MODEL AËROPLANE TOURNAMENTS</p> - -<p class="noindent center">(Prizes to be determined by contesting clubs)</p> - -<p>The tournament to consist of five events as -follows:</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> -<p>Duration: Models launched from hand.</p> - -<p>Distance: Models launched from hand.</p> - -<p>Duration: Models launched from ground. -R. O. G.</p> - -<p>Distance: Models launched from ground. -R. O. G.</p> - -<p>Duration: Models launched from water. -R. O. W.</p> -</div> - -<p>Dates for inter-club contest should be arranged -for at least three weeks prior to date -of first contest, to allow ample time for the -construction of special models and elimination -trials.</p> - -<p>In event of inclement weather the contest -to take place the week following (each contest -following to be set one week ahead), or at any -time that may be determined by a committee -appointed by the contesting clubs.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[137]</span></p> - -<p>Each competing club must be represented by -a team of three contestants and one non-competitor, -who will act as judge in conjunction -with the judges from the other clubs, and -a manager selected by the judges who will -supervise over the entire tournament and issue -calls for meetings. (Substitutes should -also be selected for any possible vacancy.)</p> - -<p>Meetings of the judges of the competing -clubs should be held at some designated place, -at which time dates and general details shall -be arranged, and between events there should -be a meeting called, for general discussion regarding -the recent event, receive protests and -suggestions and to announce officially the result -of the contest.</p> - -<p>The manager shall have control of the various -events, assisted by the judges and they -shall decide all disputes that may arise, and -act as scorers and timers, as well.</p> - -<p>Each flyer will be allowed but one model -and shall be entitled to three official flights, but -he shall be permitted to make any repairs or<span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">[138]</span> -replace any broken parts. No contestant shall -be privileged to fly a model not of his own construction. -Each event shall close when all the -contestants have made three official flights, or -when three hours’ time has elapsed.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">[139]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="WORLDS_MODEL_FLYING">WORLD’S MODEL FLYING -RECORDS</h2> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center smcap">(Twin Propeller Pusher Type Models)<br /> -monoplane</p> -<div class="blockquot"> -<p>Year 1917. Ward Pease (America), rise off ground, -distance 3364 feet.</p> - -<p>Year 1916. Thomas Hall (America), hand launched, -distance 5537 feet.</p> - -<p>Year 1917. Donovan Lathrop (America), hand -launched, duration 5 minutes.</p> - -<p>Year 1917. Emil Laird (America), 18 inch type -model, distance 750 feet.</p> - -<p>Year 1915. Wallace A. Lauder (America), hand -launched, distance 3537 feet.</p> - -<p>Year 1915. Wallace A. Lauder (America), hand -launched, duration 195 seconds.</p> - -<p>Year 1914. Fred Watkins (America), rise off -ground, distance 1761 feet.</p> - -<p>Year 1914. J. E. Louch (England), rise off ground, -duration 169 seconds.</p> - -<p>Year 1915. E. C. Cook (America), rise off water, -duration 100 seconds.</p> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">[140]</span></p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center smcap">(Twin Propeller Tractor Type)<br /> -monoplane</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> -<p>Year 1913. Harry Herzog (America), rise off water, duration 28 seconds.</p> -</div> - - -<p class="noindent center smcap">(Twin Propeller Pusher Type)<br /> -biplane</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> -<p>Year 1915. A. H. Wheeler (America), rise off ground, duration 143 seconds.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center smcap">(Single Propeller Pusher Type)<br /> -monoplane</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> -<p>Year 1914. J. E. Louch (England), hand launched, duration 95 seconds.</p> - -<p>Year 1914. W. E. Evans (England), rise from ground, distance 870 feet.</p> - -<p>Year 1914. J. E. Louch (England), rise from ground, duration 68 seconds.</p> - -<p>Year 1914. L. H. Slatter (England), rise from water, duration 35 seconds.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center smcap">(Single Propeller Tractor Type)<br /> -monoplane</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> -<p>Year 1915. D. Lathrop (America), hand launched, distance 1039 feet.</p> - -<p>Year 1915. D. Lathrop (America), hand launched, duration 240 seconds.</p> - -<p>Year 1914. C. D. Dutton (England), rise from ground, distance 570 feet.</p> - -<p>Year 1914. J. E. Louch (England), rise from ground, duration 94 seconds.</p> -</div> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">[141]</span></p> -<div class="blockquot"> -<p>Year 1915. L. Hittle (America), rise from water, duration 116 seconds.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center smcap">(Single Propeller Tractor Type)<br /> -biplane</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> -<p>Year 1915. Laird Hall (American), rise from ground, duration 76 seconds.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center smcap">(Flying Boat Type)<br /> -monoplane</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> -<p>Year 1915. Robert La Tour (America), rise from water, duration 43 seconds.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center smcap">(Flying Boat Type)<br /> -biplane</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> -<p>Year 1914. C. V. Obst (America), rise from water, duration 27 seconds.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center smcap">(Mechanical Driven Model)</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> -<p>Year 1914. D. Stanger (England), rise from ground, duration 51 seconds.</p> -</div> - -<p class="noindent center p2">(All British records are quoted from <i>Flight</i>)</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">[142]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="DICTIONARY_OF_AERONAUTICAL">DICTIONARY OF AËRONAUTICAL -TERMS</h2> -</div> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">A</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aërodrome</span>—A tract of land selected for flying purposes.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aërodynamics</span>—The science of Aviation, literally the -study of the influence of air in motion.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aërofoil</span>—A flat or flexed plane which lends support -to an aëroplane.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aëronaut</span>—One engaged in navigating the air.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aëronautics</span>—The science of navigating the air.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aëroplane</span>—A heavier than air machine supported by -one or more fixed wings or planes.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aërostatics</span>—The science of aërostation, or of buoyancy -caused by displacement, ballooning.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aërostation</span>—The science of lighter than air or gas-borne -machines.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aileron</span>—The outer edge or tip of a wing, usually -adjustable, used to balance or stabilize.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Airship</span>—Commonly used to denote both heavier and -lighter than air machines; correctly a dirigible -balloon.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Angle of Incidence</span>—The angle of the wing with -the line of travel.</p> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">[143]</span></p> -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Area</span>—In the case of wings, the extent of surface -measured on both the upper and lower sides. An -area of one square foot comprises the actual surface -of two square feet.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aspect Ratio</span>—The proportion of the chord to the -span of a wing. For example if the wing has a -span of 30 inches and a chord of 6 inches the -aspect ratio will be 5 or <sup>span</sup> / <sub>chord.</sub></p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Automatic Stability</span>—Stability secured by fins, the -angle of the wings and similar devices.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aviator</span>—One engaged in Aviation.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Aviation</span>—The science of heavier than air machines.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Angle of Blade</span>—The angle of the blade of a propeller -to the axis of the shaft.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">B</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Balancer</span>—A plane or other part intended for lateral -equilibrium.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Bearing Block</span>—Used in connection with the mounting -of propellers on model aëroplanes. Made -from wood and metal.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Brace</span>—Strip of bamboo or other material used to join -together the frame side members. Also used in -joining other parts of a model.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Biplane</span>—An aëroplane or model aëroplane with two -wings superposed.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Body</span>—The main framework supporting the wing or -wings and the machinery.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">[144]</span></p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Banking</span>—The lateral tilting of an aëroplane when -taking a turn.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">C</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Camber</span>—The rise of the curved contour of an arched -surface above the Chord Line.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Center of Gravity</span>—The point at which the aëroplane -balances.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Center of Pressure</span>—The imaginary line beneath the -wing at which the pressure balances.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Chassis</span> (<span class="smcap">Carriage</span>)—The part on which the main -body of an aëroplane or model aëroplane is supported -on land or water.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Chord</span>—The distance between the entering and trailing -edges of a wing.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">D</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Deck</span>—The main surface of a biplane or multiplane.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Directional Control</span>—The ability to determine the -direction of the flight of an aëroplane.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Dirigible</span>—A balloon driven by power.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Dope</span>—A coating for wings.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Down Wind</span>—With the wind.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Drift</span>—The resistance of the wing to the forward -movement.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Dihedral Angle</span>—The inclination of the wings to each -other usually bent up from the center in the form -of a flat V.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">E</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Elevator</span>—The plane or wing intended to control the -vertical flight of the machine.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">[145]</span></p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Engine</span>—A contrivance for generating driving power.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Engine Base</span>—Main stick used for frame of single -stick model.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Engineer</span>—One who controls the power, driving the -machinery.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Entering Edge</span> <i>or</i> <span class="smcap">Leading Edge</span>—Front edge or -edge of the surface upon which the air impinges.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Equilibrator</span>—A plane or other contrivance which -makes for stability.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">F</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Fin</span>—A fixed vertical plane.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Flexed</span>—A wing is said to be flexed when it curves -upward forming an arc of a circle.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Flying Stick</span>—Name applied to ordinary A type and -single stick models.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Flying Machine</span>—Literally a form of lighter than -air craft; a gas-borne airship.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Flying Boat</span>—A hull or large float used in connection -with an aëroplane to enable its rising from and -alighting upon the surface of the water.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Frame</span>—A single or double stick structure to which all -parts of a model are attached. Three or more -sticks are sometimes employed in the construction -of a frame. However, the usual number is two, -joined together in the form of letter “A.”</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Frame Hooks</span>—The looped ends of a piece of wire attached -to the point of the frame to accommodate -the S hooks attached to the rubber strands.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Frame Side Members</span>—Two main sticks of an A type -frame.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">[146]</span></p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Fuselage</span>—The body or framework of an aëroplane.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">G</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Glider</span>—An aëroplane without motive power.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Guy</span>—A brace, usually a wire or cord used for tuning -up the aëroplane.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Gross Weight</span>—The weight of the aircraft, comprising -fuel, lubricating oils and the pilot.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Gyroscope</span>—A rotating mechanism for maintaining -equilibrium.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Gap</span>—The vertical distance between the superposed -wings.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">H</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Hangar</span>—A shed for housing an aëroplane.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Harbor</span>—A shelter for aircraft.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Heavier than Air</span>—A machine weighing more than -the air it displaces.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Helicopter</span>—A flying machine in which propellers -are utilized to give a lifting effect by their own direct -action on the air. In aviation the term implies -that the screw exerts a direct lift.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Helmsman</span>—One in charge of the steering device.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Hydroaëroplane</span>—An aëroplane with pontoons to enable -its rising from the surface of the water. -Known as hydro in model circles.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">K</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Keel</span>—A vertical plane or planes arranged longitudinally -either above or below the body for the purpose -of giving stability.</p> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[147]</span></p> - -<p class="noindent center p2">L</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Lateral Stability</span>—Stability which prevents side motion.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Loading</span>—The gross weight divided by the supporting -area measured in square feet.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Longitudinal Stability</span>—Stability which prevents -fore and aft motion or pitching.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Longerons</span>—Main members of the fuselage. Sometimes -called longitudinals.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">M</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Mast</span>—A perpendicular stick holding the stays or -struts which keep the wings rigid.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Model Aëroplane</span>—A scale reproduction of a man-carrying -machine.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Mechanical Power</span>—A model driven by means other -than rubber strands such as compressed air, steam, -gasoline, spring, electricity and so forth is termed -a mechanical driven model. The power used is -termed mechanical power.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Motive Power</span>—In connection with model aëroplanes -a number of rubber strands evenly strung from the -propeller shaft to the frame hooks which while -unwinding furnish the necessary power to propel -the model.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Main Beam</span>—In connection with model aëroplanes -a long stick which is secured to the under side of -the wing frame at the highest point in the curve -of the ribs adding materially to the rigidity of the -wing.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[148]</span></p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Monoplane</span>—An aëroplane or heavier than air machine -supported by a single main wing which may -be formed of two wings extending from a central -body.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Multiplane</span>—An aëroplane with more than four -wings superposed.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">N</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Nacelle</span>—The car of a dirigible balloon, literally a -cradle. Also applied to short body used in connection -with aëroplanes for the accommodation of the -pilot and engine.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Net Weight</span>—Complete weight of the machine without -pilot, fuel or oil.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">O</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Ornithopter</span>—A flapping wing machine which has -arched wings like those of a bird.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Orthogonal</span>—A flight maintained by flapping wings.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Outriggers</span>—Members which extend forward or rearward -from the main planes for the purpose of -supporting the elevator or tail planes of an aëroplane.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">P</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Plane</span>—A surface or wing, either plain or flexed, employed -to support or control an aëroplane.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Pilot</span>—One directing an aëroplane in flight.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">[149]</span></p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Pitch</span>—Theoretical distance covered by a propeller in -making one revolution.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Propeller</span>—The screw used for driving an aëroplane.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Propeller Bearings</span>—Pieces of bronze tubing or strips -of metal formed to the shape of the letter “L” -used to mount propellers. Also made from blocks -of wood.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Propeller Blank</span>—A block of wood cut to the design -of a propeller.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Propeller Spar(s)</span>—The heavy stick or sticks upon -which the bearing or bearings of a single or twin -propeller model are mounted.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Propeller Shaft</span>—A piece of wire which is run -through the hub of the propeller and tubing in -mounting the propeller.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Pylon</span>—Correctly, a structure housing a falling weight -used for starting an aëroplane, commonly a turning -point in aëroplane flights.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Pusher</span>—An aëroplane with the propeller or propellers -situated in back of the main supporting surfaces.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">Q</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Quadruplane</span>—An aëroplane with four wings superposed.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">R</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Rudder</span>—A plane or group of planes used to steer an -aëroplane.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Runner</span>—Strip beneath an aëroplane used for a skid.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">[150]</span></p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Running Gear</span> <i>or</i> <span class="smcap">Landing Gear</span>—That portion of -the chassis consisting of the axle, wheels and shock -absorber.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Rib</span>—Curved brace fastened to the entering and trailing -edges of a wing.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">S</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Scale Model</span>—A miniature aëroplane exactly reproducing -the proportions of an original.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Spar</span>—A mast strut or brace.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Side Slip</span>—The tendency of an aëroplane to slide or -slip sideways when too steep banking is attempted.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Stability</span>—The power to maintain an even keel in -flight.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Starting Platform</span>—A runway to enable an aëroplane -to leave the ground.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Surface Friction</span>—Resistance offered by planes or -wings.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Slip</span>—The difference between the distance actually -traveled by a propeller and that measured by the -pitch.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Soaring Flight</span>—A gliding movement without apparent -effort.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Sustaining Surface</span>—Extent of the wings or planes -which lend support to an aëroplane.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Span (Spread)</span>—The dimension of a surface across -the air stream.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Streamline</span>—Exposing as little surface as possible to -offer resistance to air.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">[151]</span></p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Skids</span>—In connection with model aëroplanes, steel -wires or strips of bamboo allowed to extend below -the frame to protect the model in landing and to -permit its rising off the ground or ice.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">S or Motor Hooks</span>—A piece of wire bent in a double -hook to resemble the letter “S.” One end to -be attached to the frame hook, the other serving -as accommodation for the rubber strands.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">T</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Tail</span>—The plane or planes, both horizontal and vertical, -carried behind the main planes.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Tandem</span>—An arrangement of two planes one behind -the other.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Thrust</span>—The power exerted by the propeller of an -aëroplane.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Tension</span>—The power exerted by twisted strands of -rubber in unwinding.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Tractor</span>—An aëroplane with the propeller situated before -the main supporting surfaces.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Triplane</span>—An aëroplane with three wings superposed.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Trailing Edge</span>—The rear edge of a surface.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Torque</span>—The twisting force of a propeller tending to -overturn or swerve an aëroplane sideways.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">U</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Up Wind</span>—Against the wind.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">W</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Wake</span>—The churned or disturbed air in the track of a -moving aëroplane.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">[152]</span></p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Wash</span>—The movement of the air radiating from the -sides of an aëroplane in flight.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Wings</span>—Planes or supporting surfaces, commonly a -pair of wings extending out from a central body.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Winder</span>—An apparatus used for winding two sets of -rubber strands at the same time in opposite directions -or one at a time. Very often made from an -egg beater or hand drill.</p> - -<p class="hanging2"><span class="smcap">Warping</span>—The springing of a wing out of its normal -shape, thereby creating a temporary difference in -the extremities of the wing which enables the wind -to heel the machine back again into balance.</p> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">ABREVIATIONS</p> - -<table style="margin-right: auto; margin-left: 0em"> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">H. P.</td> - <td class="tdl"> Horse Power.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">R. P. M.</td> - <td class="tdl"> Revolutions per minute.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">H. L.</td> - <td class="tdl"> Hand launched.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">R. O. G.</td> - <td class="tdl"> Rise off ground model.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">R. O. W.</td> - <td class="tdl"> Rise off water model.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdl">M. P. H.</td> - <td class="tdl"> Miles per hour.</td> - </tr> -</table> - - -<p class="noindent center p2">THE END</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="transnote-end chapter p4"> - -<p class="center bold TN-style-1"><a id="TN"></a>Transcriber’s Note (continued)</p> - -<p class="TN-style-1">Errors in punctuation have been corrected. -Inconsistencies in spelling, grammar, capitalisation, and hyphenation -are as they appear in the original publication except where noted -below:</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 16 – “bob-sled″” changed to “bobsled″” (an ordinary bobsled)</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 53 – “approximately cross section” changed to “approximately circular cross section”</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 55 – “run” changed to “runs” (one of which wires runs to)</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 83 – “ten″” changed to “10″” (10″ propeller)</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 105 – “five cylinder” changed to “three -cylinder” (Schober-Funk three cylinder rotary engine) [This change was -made to the illustration caption on this page and also to the entry in -the List of Illustrations that points to it.]</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 106 – “diagram 17” changed to “diagram 18” (The accompanying diagram 18 illustrates)</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 108 – “crank-shaft” changed to “crankshaft” (The two-throw crankshaft)</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 111 – “cam-shaft” changed to “camshaft” (provided for the camshaft)</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 112 – “crank-shaft” changed to “crankshaft” (the crankshaft is driven)</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 113 – “stream-line” changed to “streamline” (streamline form)</p> - -<p class="TN-style-2">Page 116 – “Bi-plane” changed to “Biplane” (Type Biplane Model)</p> - -<p class="TN-style-1">The prefix of AËRO/Aëro/aëro as in ‘aëroplane’, etc., is used -throughout the body text of the original publication with a few -exceptions. These latter have been changed for consistency in this -transcription. The unaccented prefix AERO/Aero/aero is now only used in -title page text.</p> - -<p class="TN-style-1">Incorrect entries in the Table of Contents have had their text -and/or page references changed so that they agree with the text and -location of the parts of the original publication to which they refer.</p> - -<p class="TN-style-1">Entries in the DICTIONARY OF AËRONAUTICAL TERMS which are not -in the correct alphabetical order have been left as they appear in the -original publication. Some minor typographical errors and spelling -mistakes have been corrected without further note.</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<p class="TN-style-1"><a class="underline" href="#top">Back to top</a></p> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MODEL AEROPLANES AND THEIR ENGINES ***</div> -<div style='text-align:left'> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will -be renamed. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. -</div> - -<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div> -<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div> -<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person -or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the -Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when -you share it without charge with others. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work -on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the -phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: -</div> - -<blockquote> - <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most - other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions - whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms - of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online - at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you - are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws - of the country where you are located before using this eBook. - </div> -</blockquote> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg™ License. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format -other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain -Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -provided that: -</div> - -<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation.” - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ - works. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. - </div> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right -of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread -public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state -visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. -</div> - -</div> -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a8d7ea4..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/frontispiece_grayscale.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/frontispiece_grayscale.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0775c90..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/frontispiece_grayscale.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_004_fp_grayscale.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_004_fp_grayscale.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7e324a8..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_004_fp_grayscale.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_009_rotated.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_009_rotated.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 75fd8b3..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_009_rotated.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_011.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_011.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2d81413..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_011.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_014.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_014.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 456bf76..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_014.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_017.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_017.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4015aa3..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_017.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_020_rotated.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_020_rotated.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e780c4d..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_020_rotated.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_022a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_022a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e8660b8..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_022a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_022b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_022b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4d2b45a..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_022b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_025_rotated.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_025_rotated.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8f5f794..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_025_rotated.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_030_rotated.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_030_rotated.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cea72f7..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_030_rotated.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_032a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_032a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a5a54ba..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_032a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_032b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_032b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3d3658d..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_032b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_032c_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_032c_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c4179e3..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_032c_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_035.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_035.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c2bd45d..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_035.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_038_rotated.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_038_rotated.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 492d737..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_038_rotated.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_043.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_043.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index dbb81a3..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_043.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_044a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_044a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8c89afb..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_044a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_044b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_044b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a2e4a12..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_044b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_044c_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_044c_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f6fc4c7..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_044c_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_048a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_048a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 01e6c9e..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_048a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_048b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_048b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2f13ea3..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_048b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_054.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_054.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f1effc7..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_054.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_056a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_056a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a2d4c93..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_056a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_056b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_056b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fb49068..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_056b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_061.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_061.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4944d2a..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_061.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_066.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_066.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 41a12fd..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_066.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_073.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_073.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ff9694c..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_073.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_078.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_078.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 40447c8..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_078.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_080a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_080a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b25f194..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_080a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_080b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_080b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f8d3693..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_080b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_082a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_082a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 93a65a3..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_082a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_082b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_082b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d9243ca..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_082b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_084_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_084_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0422cc2..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_084_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_087.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_087.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b4d4fef..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_087.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_090a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_090a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 90d3daa..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_090a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_090b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_090b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4d50129..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_090b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_094_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_094_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a87054b..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_094_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_098a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_098a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 275f433..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_098a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_098b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_098b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1e6d572..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_098b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_102.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_102.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e0feb1d..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_102.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_104a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_104a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 877b12b..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_104a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_104b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_104b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3438c2c..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_104b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_107.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_107.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a0da8e3..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_107.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_108a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_108a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5f155f8..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_108a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_108b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_108b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e5a2a06..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_108b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_112.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_112.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bd6963e..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_112.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_115.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_115.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 42b7311..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_115.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_116_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_116_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0e992d6..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_116_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_120a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_120a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bc6d45c..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_120a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_120b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_120b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 79b21bf..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_120b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_122a_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_122a_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d3d6064..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_122a_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_122b_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_122b_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 577e905..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_122b_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_124_fp.jpg b/old/67852-h/images/i_b_124_fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0df377b..0000000 --- a/old/67852-h/images/i_b_124_fp.jpg +++ /dev/null |
